Home

2014 Nissan NV200 Taxi Owner`s Manual

1. 8 8 Changingengineoill 8 10 Changing engine ollfilter 8 11 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Checking engine oillevel 8 9 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 8 7 Engine oil se 0 amp aoe oe i ee pe 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 10 Engine oil viscosity 9 5 Engine serialnumber 9 9 Engine specifications 9 7 Starting the engine 5 9 EMO DUNO 4 2 6 46 00 mse te ee 2d a 4 2 Event data recorders 9 18 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Extended storage switch 8 23 E Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Plates 6 0 e aa a a So oo A 6 2 Floor mat positioning aid 7 5 Fluid Brake fluid 2 64 da a ew be we wee 8 12 Capacities and recommended TUGWIGDNCANIS e 4 4 oeo ae Sed a wd a 9 2 Continuously Variable Transmission OVT d 2 2 aaa aa 8 11 Engine coolant lt 4 a 4h a ba a a hte Y 8 7 Engine oil naaa aaa 8 9 Windshield washer fluid 8 12 F M V S S certification label 9 10 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 47 Front Sealse s eo 6 oa oe wd a ee 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended TUGWIUDFIGANIS x sa a aea oe Ge wee OS 9 2 Fuel economy 2 6 em eee pe wo 5 17 Fuel filler door andcap 3 11 Fuel
2. 00 eee eee 4 21 Servicing air CONGHIONCK cm sew seedcaddcasinsensaen 4 22 PUIG Sy SlOMiavccesteciceesaetotarsteeaceteerccet 4 22 PAGO en eE owekue eevee seca eenceebee rates 4 22 FM radio reception cus iuuwutesdeudeveuneeriuaes 4 22 AM radio reception c2 cs cveewentseceaseaceacee Satellite radio reception 2 00e eee Audio operation precautions 0000e FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD AV OF aa T PE E kee ce ea eee E eee ee USB TMM aCe ss edad iarrunn ERE RNA iPod player Operation o cecnsccevoreseereede Bluetooth streaming audio Pandora audio United States only if so equipped sccncces eect ereenteae eckdaw came CD care and cleaning 002 eee eee Steering wheel switch for audio control PUMCTING qutnea amp E ior enna bee A E e BAG oe Car phone or CB ial ccsacttasequa nanges wees tex Intercom System iat cagReneeades dededanwe ade dane PCUVANONs E E E our ces ones E et SOC OKING eessen renen EREE E Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System cicnasecives ereadeeaseeewerewas Regulatory InfOrnmmatOn ccces lt ss600seseedeceen VOICE COMMANGS s2v0tutesedareevekoesn eka ne Connecting Procedure 0 cece eee e eee Vehicle DRONCDOOK lt 22 ccthedcusnesceencncewsers Making 2 Call geucancestucun owen nii e a Receiving a call ancebccnceneenteeus eeeecer cues 4 51 DU k Call 2 ee Sacseunee E eee ae ege es 4 51 Ending 2 Cal
3. 1 54 Air bag warning light aoaaa 1 55 2 12 Air cleaner housing filter 8 17 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 16 Air conditioner service aaau 4 22 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations 9 6 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 13 Rear seat air conditioner 4 21 Servicing air conditioner 4 22 Air flow charts oaa 4 17 Anchor point locations oaao aaa 1 24 Antenna aaa 4 46 Anti lock brake warning light 2 9 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 20 Audible reminders 2 15 Audio SySt m z lt s aa saa s man ioni aid 4 22 Bluetooth audio 4 42 Compact disc CD player 4 34 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD Playor ea oo tes eee ee eee 4 30 Audio System iPod Player sea rar oad amp we ars 4 38 Audio system OlO 2 a 4 6 he oe oe ae ee 4 22 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 46 USB intendGe 2 0 6 600s ave PS 4 37 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 26 Automatic door locks 2 66 s cae bees 3 8 AUX jack a s oo eaa o a 4 36 B BANG oid bk oe eee ERTE ee eS 8 13 Charge warning light 2 9 Before starting the engine 5 9 Belt See drive belt 0 4 8 16 Bluetooth audio 4 42 Bluetooth hands free phone system 4 48 Booster seats
4. Dial Number Allows for up to 24 digits to be dialed After the number is entered say Dial to initiate dialing Say Correction to correct the num ber entered Say Go Back to return to the main menu List Phonebook Starting with the first alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook the system prompts for an additional command Say Dial to call the number of the phonebook entry Say Send Text to send a text message to the number of the phonebook entry Say Next Entry to skip to the next alphabetical entry in the vehicle phonebook where the same op tions will then be available Recent Calls The system prompts for an additional com mand Say Missed Calls Incoming Calls or Outgoing Calls to display a list of such calls on the screen Speak the number of the entry displayed on the screen to dial that number or say Next Page to view entries on the next page if available Redial Redials the last called number Read Text Reads an incoming text message For more information about text messaging with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section Send Text Sends a text message For more information about text messaging with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section Select Phone T
5. Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R Reverse and D Drive Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h 5 If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 6 20 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior 0 0 eects 7 2 Air freshen S 4202sncoes wav onware E 7 4 V are A N A ATAA 7 2 FIOCl Mals xcasesevausew E EAT EAEE 7 4 Waker ae atea i ea bebidas Eais 2 Seat bolli ee ne ae ee er er 7 5 MOMOVING SPOS dacagagcnetessacseeennaaieanas ae 7 3 Corrosion protection ccc ccc e cence ee ee aees 7 5 UnderDady acrcet cctundee havens etaes eri aeneis 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle aso a da che ciolategnintancaerunae nantes wapeee 7 3 ELS I EOE E E E eek E wees 7 5 Chrome PAMS a2 bce Senn gee a a a ore a 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Tire dressings ccsrsitrrrcoere nurise rriei 7 3 COMOSION eea res intera Er EOE REEE E Ra 7 5 Cisaning MenO erersre csere need es PEEPI Se ewes i 7 4 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of It To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a ra
6. aoaaa a 1 35 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 20 Brake fluid a aoaaa aaa 8 12 Brake light See stop light 8 28 Brake system 5000 5 19 Brake warning light 2 9 Brake wear indicators 2 15 8 19 Parking brake operation 5 14 Self adjusting brakes aoaaa aa 8 19 Blakese a a E ee a ob eS a 8 19 Break in schedule 5 16 Brightness contrast button 4 7 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 20 Bulb check instrument panel 2 8 Bulb replacement a naoa aaa 8 28 C Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants o o oaoa 9 2 CDON swags srap ramman 2 29 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 12 Car phone orCBradio 4 47 CD care and cleaning 4 45 CD player See audio system 4 34 Child restraints 1 18 1 18 1 19 1 21 Precautions on child restraints 1 19 1 26 1 31 1 35 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 24 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 23 Child safety sliding doorlock 3 9 Chimes audible reminders 2 15 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 Cold weather driving 5 23 Compact disc CD player 4 34 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 10 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT THIGH o gt a oe ok aes we a we a 8 11 Driving with Continuously Variable
7. General Help Quit Exit Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved The system responds Command Not 1 Ensure that the command format is valid Use the List Commands or What Can Say command under the Help menu Recognized or the system fails to rec 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level ognize the command correctly 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example with the windows open or the defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 lf optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 0008 5 2 Three way CalalySt 25s4 ceesserianvokese koeweeus 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 0005 5
8. When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is playing and a USB memory device is inserted press the AUX button until the center display changes to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing push the ON OFF VOL control knob to restart the USB memory Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 Suse E XX300000 JY XXXXXXXX XXXXXXKX xxx Browse Play information Information about the audio files being played is shown on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Touch Browse to display the list of folders and files on the USB device Touch the name of a song on the screen to begin playing that song lt lt mpl Seeking buttons Press the 4 button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the Mi button sev eral times to skip backward several tracks Press the button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the button several times to skip for ward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first
9. 0 cee ee 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 2 ee eee 9 2 Changingengineoill 8 10 Changing engine ollfilter 8 11 Checking engine oillevel 8 9 ENGNG OW ih ston a amp 2 nee on o a 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil viscosity 9 5 One shot call s s s aa 44 6406 a ee aa 4 50 Outside mirror control a aoaaa aaa 3 14 Outside mirrors aao eo a8 dx 3 14 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 16 Owner s manual orderform 9 19 Owner s manual service manual order IMFGRMGUION ea eek we ee ee hy d 9 19 10 4 P Pandora audio o aoaaa a a 4 Parking Parking brake operation 5 Parking parking onhills 5 Phone Bluetooth hands free system 4 Power Power door lockS Power o tlet 2 26 dade one e dame aa 2 Power steering system 5 Power windows 244 2 Precautions Maintenance precautions Precautions on child restraints 1 19 1 26 1 31 1 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM er e a ams Ee eee eo a ee 1 Precautions when starting and driving Programmable features Push stanting e s s lt s ns e 6 aS ow amp nii 6 R Radio Car phone orCBradio 4 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player ss sarera pis daaa 4 Steering wheel audio control s
10. To fold the front passenger s seatback flat for extra storage 1 Slide the seat to the rearmost position Lift up on the recline lever C located on the outside edge of the seat and fold the seat back forward as far as it will go Then lift up on the latch 2 located on the inside of the seatback to release the back of the seat NOTE When the seat is folded forward the belt buckle must be in the forward position to prevent excessive wear 2 Once the seatback is released it will enable you to fold the front passenger seatback flat over the seat cushion Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 3 To return the front passenger s seat to a seating position lift up on the seatback and oush it up to an upright position Then pull up on the recline lever 1 and lean the seatback to a proper seating position Release the lever to lock the seatback in position A WARNING If you fold the front passenger s seat back flat forward to carry objects be sure this cargo is properly secured and not near an air bag In a crash an inflat ing air bag might force that object to ward a person This could cause severe injury or even death Secure objects away from the area in which an air bag would inflate See Precautions on supplemental restraint system in this section Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the front passenger s seat when it is in the fold down
11. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them In addition to factory installed options your ve hicle may also be equipped with additional ac cessories installed by NISSAN or by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory See a NISSAN dealer for details concerning the particular ac cessories w
12. Illustrated table of contents OS Oo 8 Roof lamp P 8 24 Slide window P 9 12 Exit lamp P 8 24 Rear window wiper and washer switch P 8 18 RearView Monitor P 4 8 Back doors P 3 7 Replacing bulbs P 8 24 Power side step P 2 31 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SoS ey 8 Map lights P 2 28 Sun visors P 3 13 Inside mirror P 3 14 Glove box P 2 24 Cup holders P 2 23 Front seats P 1 2 Rear seats P 1 2 Storage P 2 22 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 10 Glove box P 2 24 11 Climate controls P 4 13 12 Front passenger air bag status light P 2 13 13 Cup holders P 2 23 14 Shift lever P 5 11 15 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 16 Ignition switch P 5 7 17 Audio control switches P 4 46 18 Fuel filler lid release lever P 3 11 Hood release lever P 3 10 19 Fuse box P 8 20 20 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch P 2 21 Trouble light switch P 2 29 See the page number indicated in paren 4 theses for operating details AAND 20 181817 15 14 13 12 1 Vents P 4 13 6 Windshield wiper washer switch 2 Headlight turn signal switch P 2 18 P 2 16 3 Driver s supplemental air bag horn 7 Rear window defroster switch P 2 18 P 1 39
13. Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Power steering warning light A WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the power steering warning light illumi nates After starting the engine the power steer ing warning light turns off This indicates the power steering system is operational If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer 2 12 Instruments and controls When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steer ing effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds See Power steering in the Starting and driving section A Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime rem
14. Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics affect the VDC system and or interference with the brake discs Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad wear Refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation in the Warranty Information Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicl
15. cable injury lustrated 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle A CAUTION sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover position the two vehicles to bring their bat the vent holes as it may be contaminated e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for Do not allow the two vehicles to touch example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery teries near each other with corrosive acid 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to P Park Switch off all unnecessary elec trical systems lights heater air conditioner etc In case of emergency 6 15 6 16 PUSH STARTING CAUTION e Do not push start this vehicle The three way catalyst may be damaged Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage In case of emergency IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS A WARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator or coolant reser voir cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out Overheatin
16. 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions 7 I Gf gt AK j j z Hf 4 j Hl L Ye Yi LRS2398 Forward facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seat ing positions that do not have a top tether anchor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint LRS2399 LRSO671 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 Forward facing step 4 3 The back of the child restraint should be 4 For child restraints that are equipped with secured against the vehicle seatback webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of th
17. NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 9 15 3 2 5 8 Self adjusting brakes 4 8 19 Service manual order form 9 19 Servicing air conditioner 4 22 Setting button a ee 4 5 Shifting Continuously Variable Transmission CVT ee oe eb ae Oo ae wes 5 11 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 16 Sliding door Manual sliding door 3 6 Sliding door locks Child safety sliding door locks 3 9 Spark plug replacement 8 16 Speedometer 0000 eens 2 3 SRS warming label s s ics ss esa rimwe os 1 54 Starting Before starting the engine 5 9 Jump Starninge s vias ee aol ee 6 14 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push Starting tacts i oie mc ee we ww hd 6 16 Starting the engine 5 9 Steering Power steering system 5 19 Tilting steering wheel 3 13 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 46 Slop lighis a 2 b c 4 od oe de me Re a 8 28 DIO 6 ans bee oe oe ee 2 22 Storage tray 22 02000 2 23 DUMOCl gt lt skecanetaceeaneeea od 2 27 Sunroof see Moonroof 2 27 SUN VISOFS a aos iaoa a RSS a Sw od 3 13 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 54 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 55 2 12 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 47 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 54 Precautions on
18. When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 SRS Air bag warning labels The warning labels are located on the sur face of the sun visor SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration gt i LRSO100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying Af in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits for the air bag systems preten sioners and all related wiring When the ignition key is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the
19. additional trim material around the air bag system Removing or modifying the front pas senger seat may affect the function of the air bag and result in serious per sonal injury e Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensor weight sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury e Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unau thorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could af fect the function of the supplemen
20. children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal Via being jump started Make sure the jumper cables do not i 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 RPM and start the engine of the vehicle being jump started Vehicle with sg 4 CAUTION battery for wL booster Do not keep the starter motor engaged for n WCE0054 more than 10 seconds If the engine does A WARNING 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so not start right away turn the key off and equipped Cover the battery with an old wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again Always follow the instructions below Fail cloth to reduce explosion hazard 7 After starting the engine carefully discon ure to do so could result in damage to the g esih i nect the negative cable and then the positive charging system and cause personal 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence il
21. it is possible to scroll the list by the first character in the name To activate character indexing touch and hold the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE knob to choose the number or letter to jump to in the list and then press the ENTER button If no character is selected after two seconds the display returns to normal Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers Traffic POls powered 2 Information 9 by Google System Wester _ 9e Ser car A Navision Voice Phone amp Settings Me corer S Bluetooth tix XM Connecting Bluetooth audio 3 Select the Phone amp Bluetooth key To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the MENU button 2 Select the Settings key 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Replace Connected Device Delete Connected Devicw 4 Select the Connect New Device key 5 The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model
22. position is reached Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch to the first detent and continue to hold it down until the desired window position is reached 1 To close the window pull the switch to the first detent and continue to hold it up until the desired window position is reached 2 Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function Instruments and controls 2 25 f SN LIC0410 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening Auto reverse function The auto reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic operation 2 26 Instruments and controls Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs A WARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the
23. received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device 2 16 Instruments and controls LIC0474 Security indicator light This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Vehicle Im mobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster 2 Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times A WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which
24. tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Starting and driving 5 23 SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support Ashovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE WARNING Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction 5 24 Starting and driving Allow more stopping distance under these c
25. to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle For further information see the Fuel Recommendation in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the C Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate If the C light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue j to drive the vehicle The light e e F should turn off after a few driving trips SS AAs Ifthe C light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle in spected by a NISSAN dealer e The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes sage will be displayed if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips forthe messa
26. to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system sp
27. 4 2 No adjustment is necessary FXE20HR 11 in mm 0 043 1 1 Timing chain Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND TIRES Wheels 15 5 5 1 Tires 185 65R15 Spare tire Full size 9 8 Technical and consumer information DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length with front license plate without front license plate Overall width Overall height with roof light without roof light Front Track Rear Track Wheelbase Gross vehicle weight rating Gross axle weight rating Front Rear in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ib kg Ib kg Ib kg 186 9 4 746 8 186 3 4 732 5 79 1 2010 74 5 1 893 3 73 7 1872 7 60 1 525 59 8 1 520 115 2 2 925 See the F M V S S certification label on the cen ter pillar between the driver s side front and rear doors WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to me
28. 8 INSIDE IMINO s sacs a ae oe BAS we a ee wk 3 14 Instrument brightness control 2 20 Instrument panel 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 20 Interior light cic a sk ae es ck aw we 2 27 2 28 iPod Mayer sane amp eee ew a ee Aa 4 38 ISOFIX child restraints 1 21 J Jump starting s 2 obs we ecw oho ww So 6 14 K ROveg ae ee ee oe Pea eee ee 3 2 L Label Tire warning 0 6658 5 be ew ee oes 9 11 Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 10 Engine serialnumber 9 9 F M V S S certification label 9 10 Tire and Loading Information label 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Warning labels for SRS 1 54 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System se saa 8 8 be oe ees ee 1 21 Light Air bag warning light 1 55 2 12 Brake light See stop light 8 28 Bulb check instrument panel 2 8 Bulb replacement 8 28 Charge warning light 2 9 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 18 Headlight control switch 2 18 Headlights gt aoaaa aaa 8 24 Interior liGht 26 s a a wasa tawa 2 27 2 28 Light bulbs 4 4 4 wae bw eee a eo 8 24 Low tire pressure warning light 2 10 Low windshield washer fluid warning WO e amp ee amp aie ag eee Ge aoe a oe 2 11 Passenger air bag and status l
29. CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CHECK DISC e Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc e Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA CD Compact disc with MP3 or WMA Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Terms e MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a Multisession Multi
30. Liter Fuel 14 1 2 gal 12 1 8 gal 55 See Fuel Recommendation in this section Engine oil For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in this section Drain and Refill With oil fi 4 5 8 qt 3 7 8 qt 4 4 Engine oil with API Certification Mark ith oil filter i Lee For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in change this section Without oil filter 4 1 2 qt 3 3 4 qt 4 2 Viscosity SAE 5W 30 change For further details see Changing engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section Cooling system With reservoir 2 1 8 gal 1 3 4 gal 8 2 Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Continuously variable transmission Refill to the proper level according to the instruc Genuine NISSAN CVT fluid NS 3 fluid tions in the Maintenance and do it yourself Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 Using transmission section fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty Brake fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid available in mainland USA through a NISSAN dealer or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a For further details see Air conditioner specification label in this section Air
31. NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 mi 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fol low these recommendations for the future reli ability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing January 2014 Publication No OM14E TM20U2 Printed in U S A
32. Remove the head restraint headrest from the seat 4 Store the head restraint headrest properly in a secure place so it Is not loose in the vehicle 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Install 1 Align the head restraint headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure the head restraint headrest is facing the correct di rection The stalk with the notch notches 4 must be installed in the hole with the lock knob Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint neadrest down Properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion Adjust For adjustable head restraint headrest Adjust the head restraint headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position For non adjustable head restraint headrest Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Raise Lower To raise the head restraint headrest pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi the head restraint
33. SETUP Display Mode Iscrot Direction Brightness Other items are adjusted by selecting one of a set number of conditions For example the Display Mode can be set to Automatic Day or Night To adjust this type of item touch the item 1 The item will cycle through the available settings and the red indicator lights to the left of the setting condition will come on or turn off accordingly sewn ox 123 ABC Delete o wiejri t y eli ofr Giselle KL Tztxtclviel niwl 1 el J see Je D Inputting characters Touch the letter key There are some options available when inputting characters 123 ABC Changes the available character set to num bers Space Inserts a space e Delete Deletes the last inputted character with one touch Touch and hold the Delete key to delete all of the characters o OK Completes the character input Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or de tergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTON Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen ta Traffic 9 POls PATE information by Google Google Weather A oend To Car Setti By can engs Ww Commands HOW TO USE THE MENU BUTTON For mor
34. See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recom mended cellular phones Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen PANDORA AUDIO United States only if so equipped The vehicle s audio system is capable of playing audio streaming through a compatible USB connected audio device using the Pandora mu sic service Connecting a device for use with Pandora audio Devices capable of streaming Pandora audio can be connected to the vehicle s audio system via the USB input jack The USB input jack is located on the center console beneath the heater and air conditioner controls Launch the Pandora application on the phone and then connect with the USB jack Once con nected the Pandora controls will be displayed on the control panel display screen Compatibility The following iPhone models are compatible with the system iPhone 3GS iPhone 4 iPhone 4S iPhone 5 The latest Pandora application should be in stalled on the phone Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 PANDORA wik El KRRRKRAR ORE KRM 0 49 mew e f u Audio main operation To switch to the P
35. The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of a supplemen tal air bag or pretensioners or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Cor rect supplemental air bag and preten sioner system disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal pro cedures could cause personal injury If there is an impact to your vehicle from any direction your occupant detection sensor ODS should be checked by a NISSAN dealer to verify it is still func tioning correctly The ODS should be checked even if no air bags deploy as a result of the impact Failure to verify proper ODS function may result in an improper air bag deployment resulting in injury or death 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls nst ment panel a20 lt lt ece lt oenn den eedineeseider enas 2 2 Meters and gauges o 3222 20seceessdutenenmee seed a 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 0ceeeaees 2 3 Tachometer 264 560 006 630 o0 ei cede aan eaare eae ee 6 2 5 FUG GAUGE cctcccetucdsibeucesategiaaiadeesase 2 6 UOC Ome 3c ec etee gece to pete cee eee eeese 2 6 Outside temperature display 5 2 7 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 8 CHECKING DUDS cris rrciiesne
36. The front intercom switch is located on the front The rear intercom switch is located on the parti The front personal light switches are located in center console tion wall the front center console The personal light switches operate the rear per sonal lights To turn the left rear personal light on or off press the left switch To turn the right rear personal light on or off press the right switch Refer to Intercom System in Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems for system operation 2 30 Instruments and controls AUTO STEP SWITCH The auto step switch is located on the partition wall Instruments and controls 2 31 MEMO 2 32 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments ROS igen bop ne ese ot ee he he ee erento weeetue bene 3 2 FUGISfINer door 22 deren dceetGeueewen ea aint 3 11 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system keys 3 2 Opener operation 00 0 ccc eee eee ees 3 11 DOOS ae sae cee nek ae een oS beens Ee oes heme es 3 3 Fuel filler COO nie ne oa on eee ee be eee amp Bate 3 11 HOCKING WIN Koes cvedectehetsateadaadeeaeasaead 3 3 Steering WHEE s cyccaey ued craiceann eeaeee 3 13 Locking with inside lock knob 55 3 4 Tilt GOSVANON 6 ch5 0850 2n0neesaceedsakadanesans 3 13 Locking with power door lock switch 3 5 DUN VISOlS E E ene meoeersnees outers 3 13 Operating the sliding doors ssseeee ees 3 6 Card holder
37. Transmission CVT 4 Control panel buttons Brightness contrast button Enter button s ba weaa a de dae wd SeN DUHOM s a aa ag dw Beene oe x 4 5 Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 46 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 13 Rear seat air conditioner 4 21 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 ee a 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Corrosion protection ooo a 7 5 Cruise CONUO s sis aos a a aana Soe a amp wea 5 15 Cup holders anoa hea aweas 2 23 D Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWiChis e e a esee emoe aoea ood y 2 18 Dimensions and weights 9 8 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 20 Display controls see control panel buttons 4 2 Door lockS i sosa sa u aena Ba ee m Bd 3 3 Door open warning light aoaaa aaa 2 10 Drive Dels 2 oe aree oA Bans Be Oe Re 8 16 Driving Cold weather driving 5 23 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 00 5 10 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E ECONOMY fuel s s si sa ewewe wena d 5 17 10 2 Emission control information label 9 10 Emission control system warranty 9 17 Engine Before starting the engine 5 9 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants s a i o s a acna wa a a eee 9 2 Changing engine coolant
38. VIN plate 9 9 Engine serial number 2 22000 000ee 9 9 F M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Tire and loading information label 9 10 Tie Warning label cx ctesvereeceselenseeenarse 9 11 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Installing front license plate 9 11 Vehicle loading information 00 00 seas 9 12 Teme 5406466544 006566 5508040265500 2000085584 9 12 Vehicle load capacity c204eetwareeesave oeawe 9 13 Eo ziel asii o EES E E E E R 9 15 Measurement of weights uuas 9 15 Towing a WNC ecserin encase etna tener eeuue 9 16 Plat OWING 4 eenecnte seep E Geeks 9 16 Uniform tire quality grading 00e0ee eee 9 16 Emission control system warranty 9 17 Reporting safety defects 00 cece eee eee 9 18 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 18 Event Data Recorders EDR 0000 eee eues 9 18 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 19 RECOMMENDED FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure
39. an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft brush Wipe the vinyl surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Gently dab or tap soiled cloth areas with a moist soft cloth Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fab ric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Immediately clean spills on water repellent sur faces by wiping with soft dry cloth Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover 7 4 Appearance and care AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener tak
40. and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION e The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly Low windshield washer fluid warning light This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid Instruments and controls 2 11 as necessary See Windshield washer fluid in the
41. and supplemental restraint system front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an Occupant Classification Sensor weight sensor that turns the front pas senger air bag OFF under some condi tions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front passenger air bag and sta tus light in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates WARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 1 42 Safety Se
42. and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the ft indicator may flash or the f indicator light may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and the f indica tor light may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the f indicator light may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the ft indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the indicator may flash or the ff indicator light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the f indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through t
43. any of these fusible links are melted replace with only Genuine NISSAN parts 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself PASSENGER COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller If the fuse is open replace it with an equivalent good fuse Push the fuse box cover to install 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Extended storage switch If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse NOTE The extended storage switch is used for long term vehicle storage Even if the ex tended storage switch is broken it is not necessary to replace it Replace only the open fuse in the switch with a new fuse How to replace the extended storage switch 1 To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position 3 Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs and found on each side of the storage switch 5 Pull the storage switch straight
44. bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled 2 Anchor point 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP rear bench seat WARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are Child restraint anchor ages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged an chorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear bench outboard seating po sitions only or the seat belt as applicable 1 OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS If necessary raise or remove the head restraint headrest to position the top tether strap 1 over the top of the seatback If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure plac
45. be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT Forward and backward Pull the center of the bar up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the bar to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in the P Park position Seat lifter driver s seat Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental
46. brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself FUSES If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse Fuses are used in the passenger and engine compartment Spare fuses are provided and can be found in the passenger compartment fuse box When installing a fuse make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely ENGINE COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 Fusible links If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If
47. cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon amp Bluetooth SiriusXM Satellite Radio requires subscription sold separately Not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit Www sirlusxm com Siriusxm 2013 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our tol
48. chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Starting and Driving section of this manual In case of emergency 6 17 A CAUTION Never tow Continuously Variable Trans mission CVT models with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is nec essary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels When towing Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models with the front wheels on towing dollies Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position When towing Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not TOWING RECOMMENDED BY use towing dollies Always release the NISSAN parking brake NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated 6 18 Incase of emergency VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle Pulling a stuck vehicle A WARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle Contact a professional t
49. conditioning system oil Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or equivalent For further details see Air conditioner specification label in this section Windshield washer fluid 1 1 4 gal 1 gal 4 5 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifi cations where it
50. desired shift positions WARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any drive position the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition switch If this occurs perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Move the shift lever to P Park to park the vehicle and place the ignition switch in the LOCK position to remove the key P Park CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park shift lever position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then place the shift lever into the P Park position Starting and driving 5 11 R Reverse CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely st
51. downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 2 through 4 LRS0674 ene ees REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT 4 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT to side while holding the child restraint near BELTS the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A WARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose
52. driver s side only 00 0008 3 14 Back doors 1 ieee 3 7 ATES EA EE ES eek EE EE E ae oh eae E A 3 14 PA A a xeazaecse Corte one saws si Rearview MION wieresetecuscaanerasmeceoeeeans 3 14 Child safety sliding door lock 05 3 9 Eaa S E E E E E E 3 10 RS HISD a a KEYS Te 3 1 Master key 2 Transponder chip 3 Key number plate A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to make a duplicate If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as 5 NISSAN Vehicle Immobili
53. fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur chasing an extender if an extender is required A WARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If l
54. filler door lock opener lever 3 11 Puel gauges s ke Stee enw ha a 2 6 Fuel octane rating 9 4 Fuel recommendation 9 3 Loose fuel cap warning 2 4 3 11 PUSS bce a te oases bee owe Ee eS a 8 20 Pusible WAKS sos x ae os e s ae de 2k 8 22 G Gas GCaD s ea aaa a E e d 3 11 Gauge Fuel gauge aaao 2 6 Odometer o icca aa sake wee bes 2 4 Speedometer aoaaa aa 2 3 Tachometer sa a auos moe ee aoe ek we 2 5 Trip computer ee oe Se ae Se ee 2 6 THPPOGOMEIEF lt o caiet we hee mR aw 2 4 General maintenance 8 2 GIOVE box 2 2 6 kee eRe ee ee BED 2 24 GIOVE DOXIOCKs 2 ea coe w Abou ee oH a 2 24 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth 4 48 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 18 Headlight control switch 2 18 Headlights k go he hee Re Oh 8 24 Head restraints 00 000 1 4 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls 4 13 Heater operation 4 15 Rear seat air conditioner 4 21 Hood release 64 dake dee oe Re oo 3 10 FCM eere tens dv etwas een Soe 2 20 l INNON SWIG a 4 o e amp a a amp a a a a GS 5 7 Immobilizer system 2 15 3 2 5 8 Important vehicle information label 9 10 Increasing fuel economy 5 17 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 000 cee ee ee ee 9
55. in serious injury Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself 1O WDI0594 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push the release tab then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place 5 Rotate wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove 6 Return the wiper to its original position and release it until it has made contact with the windshield A CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contac
56. in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 USB Universal Serial Bus memory WARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB de vices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some states area the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regu latory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB memory de vices USB hard drives and iPod players Some USB devices may not be supported by this sys tem Partitioned USB devices may not play cor
57. involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 877 NIS NCV1 1 877 647 6281 9 18 Technical and consumer information READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not rea
58. is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxy genate E 15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle and should not be used D
59. it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS Hont pear ig Y S S ay T w gt jl irae Be gir c EN 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself j MR20DE engine Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse and relay box Battery Radiator cap Engine oil dipstick Drive belt location Windshield washer fluid reservoir 2 Oso oe YP Ye O ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution con tains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional en gine cooling system additives are not necessary A WARNING Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap CAUTION Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause dam age to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding o
60. kit Take out the emergency tire puncture repair kit located under the passenger seat The repair kit consists of the following items 1 Tire sealant bottle 2 Air compressor 3 Speed restriction sticker NOTE For models with the emergency tire puncture repair kit a spare tire jack and rod may not be equipped as standard These parts may be dealer options Contact a NISSAN dealer about obtaining these parts See Changing a flat tire earlier in this section for usage of jacking tools and tire replacement Before using the emergency tire repair kit The emergency tire repair kit is not appropriate for the following situations It will be necessary to contact a professional towing service in the fol lowing situations The emergency repair kit s shelf life has ex pired Cuts or punctures exceed approximately 4 mm 0 2 in The tire sidewall is damaged The tire is extremely low on air The tire has come off of the inside or outside of the wheel The wheel is damaged The tire is punctured more that once In case of emergency 6 9 Performing emergency repairs WARNING Observe the following precautions when using the tire repair compound Swallowing the compound is danger ous Immediately drink as much water as possible and seek prompt medical assistance Rinse well with lots of water if com pound comes into contact with skin or eyes If irritation persists seek promp
61. light 2 9 Door open warning light 2 10 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 10 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Low fuel warning light aoaaa 2 10 Low tire pressure warning light 2 10 Low windshield washer fluid warning HONE ea 6 e a aae aia a ee eee ey 2 11 Passenger air bag and status light 1 48 Seat belt warning light aoaaa 2 12 10 6 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders aoaaa a a a 2 8 Warning labels forSRS 1 54 Warming HOMS o s s sois e a e e ana ew a a 2 8 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switches ota se oe eee hes woe we He 2 17 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 16 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 8 Wheels and tires 4 8 32 Wheel tire size 2 ee 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country 2 2 ee eee 9 9 Windows Locking passengers windows 2 25 Power windows 4 2 24 Windshield washer fluid 8 12 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 16 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer switches 2 0 002 eee ee 2 17 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 16 Wiper Blades 6 sacs a os ara a m i we 8 18 MEMO GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 CAUTION Using a
62. lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner if so equipped after use is nor mal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust syst
63. may come on to indicate the fail safe mode is activated see Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and controls section This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then place the ignition switch back in the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmis sion and repair if necessary Starting and driving 5 13 A WARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually reduced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal opera tion or have it repaired if necessary 5 14 Starting and driving PARKING BRAKE WARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the shift lever in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking
64. mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts See Child re straints in this section for more information The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passenger the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicl
65. nearest NISSAN dealer A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an acci dent To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain supple mental air bags and pretensioners are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition key should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle A WARNING Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the acti vated pretensioners must also be re placed The air bag module and preten sioners should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pretensioner cannot be repaired Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 55
66. on in the instrument panel The VDC system automatically turns off when the indicator light is off The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The indicator illuminates to indi cate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The 5 22 Starting and driving indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the f indicator will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction WARNING The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing operation at high speeds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings
67. on set ting and managing custom text messages see Bluetooth settings in this section Reading a received text message 1 Press the button on the steering wheel 2 Say Read Text after the tone The text message sender and delivery time are shown on the screen Use the tuning switch to scroll through all text messages if more than one are available Press the button to exit the text message screen Press the amp button to access the following options for replying to the text message Call Back Speak this command to call the sender of the text message using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Send Text Speak this command to send a text message response to the sender of the text message Read Text Speak this command to read the text mes sage again Previous Text Speak this command to move to the previ ous text message if available Next Text Speak this command to move to the next text message if available NOTE Text messages are only displayed if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h BLUETOOTH SETUP Phone Settings Connect New Device Select Connected Device Replace Connected Device Delete Connectad Device LHA2265 BLUETOOTH SETTINGS To access the phone settings 1 Press the MENU button 2 Select the Settings key 3 Select the Phone amp Bluetooth key Phone Settings See Phone settings in this sec
68. or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental re straint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt Starting and driving 5 5 OFF ROAD RECOVERY If the right side or left side wheels unintentionally leave the road surface maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in
69. out from the fuse box 8 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 ie Replacing the halogen headlight bulb LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS i _ lt gt F k lt gt 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Disconnect the negative battery cable before re placement and installation of the headlight bulb Release the clip on the connector 2 Rotate the bulb counterclockwise and pull out to remove Replace as necessary CAUTION Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer e Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed Only touch the base when handling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could significantly affect bulb life and or headlight performance High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Use the same number and wattage as shown in the chart Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of wat
70. resulting from alterations modifications installation of non approved accessories or improper instal lation of accessories See your 2014 NV200 Taxi Warranty Information Booklet for complete details WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depend ing on model trim level options selected order date of production region or availability There fore you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of print ing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifi cations performance design or component sup pliers without notice and without obligation From time to time NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision up dates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up to date information re garding your vehicle Current versions of vehicle Owner s Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website at https owners nissanusa com nowners navigation manualsGuide If you have ques tions concerning any information in your Owner s Manual contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs See th
71. spark plugs by cleaning or regap ping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones A WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance AIR CLEANER LDI2209 The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide To remove the air cleaner filter 1 Push in the tabs and move the air cleaner cover upward 2 Remove the air cleaner filter 3 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter hous ing and the cover with a damp cloth NOTE After installing a new air cleaner make sure the air cleaner cover is seated in the housing and latch the clips WARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result
72. specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance A WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Moto
73. tether strap child restraint 1 23 Towing Flat TOWING lt e s e sosom RO me oe a we a 9 16 Tow truck towing oa oaaae aaa 6 17 Trailer towing 4 ati So whe amp be ee 9 16 Transmission Continuously Variable Transmission GVT fluid a ei awe Eh we we ale 8 11 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 0 5 10 Travel See registering your vehicle in another CO NIY a ee etek ee Gok a oe he ee oe we 9 9 Tap computer se sitoa aa ek ae we SK 2 6 Trip odometer aaoo ee ee 2 4 Tuin signal switch a 14 2 s suraa Bw oe a 2 20 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 16 USB interface Audio file operation 4 37 V Variable voltage control system 8 16 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 8 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 21 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 21 Vehicle identification 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle loading information 9 12 Vehicle recovery 6 ee ee 6 19 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobi lizer system engine start 9 15 3 2 5 8 VONUIAIONS bam Mk eae Woe oA 4 13 VOO e 4b Ses Ke Oa we eo 3 13 Voice Prompt Interrupt 4 50 Voice recognition system a a saaana 4 54 WwW Warning Air bag warning light 1 55 2 12 Anti lock brake warning light 2 9 Battery charge warning light 2 9 Brake warning
74. the icon will be displayed to the left of the song title If an MP3 CD is playing touching Random alternates between randomly playing songs within the current folder and songs from the CD as awhole The gt iconis displayed to the left of the song title or folder name to denote which pattern is applied To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until no icon is displayed Eko MP3 E Xx00000 O D XXXXXXXX TE XXXXXXKX xxx Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the CD When the repeat mode is active the icon will be displayed to the left of the song title If an MP3 CD is playing touching Repeat alternates between repeating the cur rent song and repeating the current folder The O icon is displayed to the left of the song title or folder name to denote which pattern is applied To cancel Repeat mode touch the Re peat key until no icon is displayed Browse Touch the Browse key to display the titles on the CD in list format Touch the title of a song in the list to begin playing that song If an MP3 CD is playing touching the Browse key will also list the folders on the disc Follow the procedure for selecting a song with the touchscreen to choose a folder lt lt mp SEEK Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the seek buttons M4 or P for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the tr
75. the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 30 MPH 48 km h 5 16 Starting and driving BREAK IN SCHEDULE CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these rec ommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS Follow these easy to use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake Pedal Application Avoid rapid starts and stops e Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possible Maintain constant speed while commut ing and coast whenever possible 2 Maintain Constant Speed Look ahead to try and ant
76. the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2320 Manual front seat shown Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat ifthe seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re tractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and rear seat three point seat belt has two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR
77. the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle N oo S a Air flow control dial Air intake lever Fresh air Air recircula tion Temperature control dial Air conditioner button Fan control dial Rear window defroster switch also controls side mirror defrosters 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control dial The air flow control dial allows you to select the air flow outlets 7 Air flows from center and side vents 174 Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets sr Air flows mainly from foot outlets Air flows from defroster outlets and foot outlets ee Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Fresh air Move the air intake lever to the 2 position The air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle Air recirculation Move the air intake lever to the lt position to recirculate air inside the vehicle Use the lt gt selection when driving on a dusty road to pr
78. width 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 5 15 WDI0395 R The R stands for radial Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause It is not required by law 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX AX XXX XXXX XX t XX t XXX t Example 4 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 AXK KXRXK t t 5 6 WDI0396 Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manufac ture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyeste
79. window If the vehicle s battery is disconnected replaced or jump started the power window auto reverse function may not operate properly If this occurs please contact a NISSAN dealer to re initialize the power window auto reverse system If the control unit detects something caught in a window equipped with automatic operation as it is closing the window will be immediately low ered When power window switch does not operate If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the fol lowing procedure to initialize the power window system 1 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Open the window more than halfway by operating the power window switch 3 Pull up and hold the window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch for more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 4 Release the power window switch Operate the window by automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 5 Perform steps 2 through 4 above for other windows If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the above pro cedure see a NISSAN dealer for assistance MOONROOF CARGO LIGHT SLIDING REAR WINDOW The passenger s side rear window may be slid to two positions 1 Squeeze and hold the latches to release the window 2 Slide the window to the desired position 3 Release the latches to lo
80. with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steering effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds For additional information see Power steering warning light in the Instruments and controls section BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at 2 wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control Starting and driving 5 19 A WARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If th
81. you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle f a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with
82. 2 20 8 Audio system P 4 22 4 Meters and gauges P 2 3 9 Passenger s supplemental air bag 5 Cruise control switches P 5 15 P 1 39 0 6 Illustrated table of contents ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS yar JN G VYA S e e e e e i i 5 rt aa mi Vi gt I M a 5 e e e e e e e ANN a i Sale a MR20DE engine Engine coolant reservoir P 8 7 Engine oil filler cap P 8 10 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 12 Air cleaner P 8 17 Fuse and relay box P 8 20 Battery P 8 13 Radiator cap P 8 7 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 Drive belt location P 8 16 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 12 OOS Oo oe YP Ye O illustrated table of contents 0 7 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning Name Page Warning Name Page Indicator Name Page light light light Anti lock Braking Low fuel warning e Continuously Vari System ABS warn light able Transmission ing light CVT position indi Low tire pressure cator light warning light cruise Cruise main switch Brake warning light Low windshield indicator light washer fluid warning light Front passenger air bag status light Power steering warning light High beam indicator light blue light and chime Malfunction Indicator Door open warning Light MIL bag warning light Security indicator High temperature light warning light red Auto step indicator light 0 8 Illustrated table of
83. 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 11 XM button No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an SirilusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL volume ON OFF button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the ON OFF button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX Bluetooth audio USB or iPod that was play ing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the ON OFF button Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume When this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes Bass Treble Balance Fade Speed Sensitive Vol Audio settings 1 Press the MENU button 2 Select the Settings key 3 Select the Audio key Use the touchscreen to adjust the following items to the desired setting Bass Treble Balance and Fade Controls the sound of the audio system Balance adjusts the sound between the left and right speakers Fade a
84. 5 Offroad TeCOVeN eat csare saver cence aesea eke ea 5 6 Rapid air pressure loSS 00 0 c cee eee es 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 7 ONON SWO aceri rreran rre reee EEEn E NEE a 5 7 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 7 Ignition switch positions s s s sses eaaa 5 8 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 5 8 Before starting the engine 2 20 05 5 9 Starting the engine ns 60 ss0d caeesne HAeOee Ree we 5 9 Driving the vehicle 0 000 e eee eee eee 5 10 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 10 PRAO Drake tececcnrentaeceedacmeteeeecese sees ee 5 14 Cruise COMUOl cicatcrtcatscevaaensucecsackauueuses 5 15 Precautions on cruise control 02ee00e 5 15 Cruise control operations 2 000 00 5 15 Break in schedule sssssaaannnurrrrnrnnnnnnn 5 16 Fuel efficient driving tipS 02 22 0ee 5 16 Increasing fuel economy 02 02e eee ee 5 17 Parking parking on hills 000 cee eee eee 5 18 Power SICCIING ecs crveoveestudweeseoteretereeeaus 5 19 Brake SV SSI errearen eE EEE E 5 19 Brake precautions 2icaciecurewenidans eaveivaate 5 19 Anti lock Braking System ABS 0055 5 20 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 21 Cold weather GriVINGs i 0620kee save tae eet awaseeas 5 23 Freeing a frozen door lock c cece eens 5 23 AE E EE ehaseonerasave geese 5 23 B
85. ATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer LRS0662 LATCH rigid mounted attachment The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts See In stalling top tether strap in this section for instal lation instructions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint Top tether anchor WARNING Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage it during a collision A child could be seriously in jured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 Rear bench seat 1 Top tether straps 2 Anchor points Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located in the following loca tions Rear bench seat on the floor behind the outboard seating positions at the bottom of seatback as shown Rear bench seat center at the bottom of seatback as shown If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details A WARNING Child restraint anchor
86. ATION OF YOUR VEHICLE A WARNING Any modifications or alterations of this ve hicle that do not comply with the NISSAN NV200 Taxi Body Builder s Guide may affect the safety of the vehicle which may result in a collision serious personal injury or death An electronic copy of the NISSAN NV200 Taxi Body Builder s Guide is available at www nissancommercialvehicles com Modifications made to this vehicle by conversion companies or dealers may af fect the final certification of the engine vehicle or equipment The conversion company or dealer has the responsibility to certify that the altered vehicle and equipment complies or continues to com ply with all applicable motor vehicle safety standards and emissions regulations The conversion company or dealer is responsible for making sure the modifications or installed equipment does not affect the safety of the vehicle NISSAN does not assume the responsi bility as the final stage manufacturer for modified or altered vehicles NISSAN is not responsible for the final certification product liability claims or warranty claims resulting from any component assembly or system being altered NISSAN is not responsible for modifica tions which cause the vehicle to become non compliant with any of the motor ve hicle safety standards emissions regulations or modifications that cause the vehicle to be or become defective or unsafe Your vehicle s warranty may not cover damage
87. AUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir is empty Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water 2 18 Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH LICO388 To defrost the rear window glass Start the engine and push the rear window de froster switch The rear window defroster indica tor light on the display screen comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes s CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH LIC2127 Type A HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting When turning the switch to the 2DQE posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on 2 When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights com
88. Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SirilusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception COMPACT OSE x AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS
89. EENE 2 28 KEEA E E E TE A A E T N 2 28 Rear room lighis 374 44 004 lt hpeusarpas dodeetn ae pea es 2 29 Trouble light SWICK ct swws cckees Ses posuere teesiwos 2 29 Intercom system switch 0 cee 2 30 Personal light switcheS 0c cece e eee eee 2 30 Auto step SWICK 2ceccccGccttacnacceeb ane datesenc 2 31 INSTRUMENT PANEL 10 Glove box P 2 24 11 Climate controls P 4 13 12 Front passenger air bag status light P 2 13 13 Cup holders P 2 23 14 Shift lever P 5 11 15 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 16 Ignition switch P 5 7 17 Audio control switches P 4 46 18 Fuel filler lid release lever P 3 11 Hood release lever P 3 10 19 Fuse box P 8 20 20 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch P 2 21 Trouble light switch P 2 29 See the page number indicated in paren 4 theses for operating details AAND 20 181817 15 14 13 12 1 Vents P 4 13 6 Windshield wiper washer switch 2 Headlight turn signal switch P 2 18 P 2 16 3 Driver s supplemental air bag horn 7 Rear window defroster switch P 2 18 P 1 39 2 20 8 Audio system P 4 22 4 Meters and gauges P 2 3 9 Passenger s supplemental air bag 5 Cruise control switches P 5 15 P 1 39 2 2 Instruments and controls METERS AND GAUGES SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed 1 Tachometer 5 Continuously Variable Tra
90. Horizontal aim is not required for this ve hicle and is not adjustable PARK TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS Replacing the park turn signal bulb EA fe VT ea TERR Vs Se a ry D mme Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 Disconnect the negative battery cable before EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS replacement and installation of the headlight bulb Q Rotate the bulb counterclockwise and pull Headlight assembly out to remove Replace as necessary High Low H13 Park Turn 3457NAK Step light T10 Map light T10 Room light T10 Cargo light T10 Personal light T10 High mounted stop light T16 Rear combination light Tail Stop 3157K Backup reversing T16 Turn 3157AK License plate light T10 Trouble light Roof light Rear exit light See a NISSAN dealer for replacement Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself Roof light Map light Headlight assembly High mount stop light Cargo light Room light Personal light Rear combination light License plate light Rear exit light Trouble light oe ea a O Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens lamp and or cover Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 i Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation WDI0206 LDI2283 Room light Personal light Use a cloth to protect the housing Use a cloth to
91. Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 Compact disc CD player CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD player e Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded
92. Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modification not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of In dustry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER A WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle AS with any ve hicle loss of control could result in a colli sion with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide side ways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription
93. Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap WDI0394 7 Check the pressure of all other tires Checking tire pressure including the spare Federal law requires tire manufacturers to 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Pressure place standardized information on the 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely sidewall of all tires This information iden onto the valve stem Do not press too 185 65R15 tifies and describes the fundamental hard or force the valve stem side characteristics of the tire and also pro ways or air will escape If the hissing 185 65R15 P vides the tire identification number TIN sound of air escaping from the tire is Spare Tire for safety standard certification The TIN heard while checking the pressure 185 65R15 42 psi 290 kPa can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall Example TIRE LABELING reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 P215 65R15 95H 65 3 R t t 4 Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 1 P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to
94. TUP The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction Display Mode Scroll Direction ADJUSTING THE SCREEN h Press the MENU button Do not damage the camera as the moni tor screen may be adversely affected When the shift lever is shifted to R Re verse the monitor screen automatically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard It may take some time until the RearView tor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object When the contrast of objects is low at night pressing the SETTING button or MENU but ton may not change the brightness Objects on the monitor may not be clear ina dark place or at night If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera 2 Select the Settings key Monitor is displayed after the shift lever has the RearView Monitor may not display ob 3 Select the System key been shifted to R Reverse Objects ey be jects Clean the camera distorted momentarily until the RearView 4 Select the Display key Monitor screen is displayed completely Do not use body wax on the camera window 6 Touch the Brohi k dadus When the shift lever is returned to a position If body wax does get on the camera window a fe a a other than R Reverse it may take some wipe off the wax with a clean cloth damp level to the desired setting time until the screen changes Objects on ened with mild detergent diluted with water D
95. WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident SUN VISORS To block out glare from the front swing down the sun visor 1 To block glare from the side disconnect the sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 LPD2033 CARD HOLDER driver s side only To access the card holder pull the sun visor down and slide card in the card holder A Do not view information while operating the vehicle 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments MIRRORS REARVIEW MIRROR The night position reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view Clarity LPD0237 OUTSIDE MIRRORS The outside mirror remote control will operate only when the ignition switch Is in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch 4 to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch A WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Do not adjust the mirrors while driving
96. XX amount equals 1 400 lbs and 640 kg load capacity there will be five 150 lb passengers nd wis ad lbicls Sone eae 500 Ib in your vehicle the amount of avail 70 kg 340 kg 4kg 70 kg 227 kg able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 X 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg WTI0169 Example 9 14 Technical and consumer information 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of weights in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR WARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs I
97. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Foldable outside mirrors Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it Heated mirrors The outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Control panel buttons color screen with NAVIGATION SYSIEM cap sua esan caeeekeer daecawa ee uns 4 2 How to use the touch screen 00eaee 4 3 How to use the BACK button 0000e 4 5 How to use the MENU button 4 5 FID DUONG yecccc encanta dandaiacdtaaczaate 4 7 Rearview Monitor 2ccsievcarsevecceetv cet xu ek saeae 4 8 How to read the displayed lines 4 9 Difference between predicted and actual GISTANCGS ot vdasvanceorenaeeevarueeet sa eaeeehnes 4 9 Adjusting the SCreen 0 cece cee ees 4 12 Operating pSstaseewes rmes neinir eeag beni 4 12 VOUS oct acct teenccntaddescecneeneedehacectaas es 4 13 Heater and air conditioner manual 00 4 13 CONN E EEE E E E 4 14 Heater operation a cccencewdeweastenesg hese weaus 4 15 Air conditioner operation 022005 4 16 Air flow Chan Sesevowe dansoss ceeded eteeni tnei es 4 17 Rear seat air conditioner
98. a e cece ey a e E E 5 23 Draining of coolant water ssssssss eee eee 5 23 Tire COUIDINGIN s2ceuteceeoueeseocerenes see erue 5 23 Special winter equipment 2 00e eee 5 24 Driving ON SNOW OTF ICE o222dcnet sees rose daeceees 5 24 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING A WARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide A WARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the rear vent windows lift
99. a routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer ships Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals can also be purchased For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 Technical and consumer information 9 19 MEMO 9 20 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System 5 20 Air bag See supplemental restraint SVC ico kee oe eM Ow oe 1 39 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact air bag system ae Wx we eee 1 47 Air bag warning labels
100. ack being played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the but ton is released the compact disc returns to nor mal play speed i mpl SEEK buttons Press the seek button 44 while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the begin ning of the current track Press the seek button 4 several times to skip backward sev eral tracks Press the seek button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the seek button several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 AUX button The AUX IN audio input jack is located on the center console below the heater and air condi tioner controls 4 It accepts any standard ana log audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop com puter Press the AUX button to play a compatible device plugged into the AUX IN jack r EJECT button When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played If the disc is not removed within 10 seconds the disc will reload 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Additional features For more in
101. acking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual REPAIRING A FLAT TIRE If possible have the vehicle towed to a facility that can repair or replace the flat tire Using the tire emergency repair kit may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on alevel surface and apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to P Park 4 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 5 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle A WARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the shift lever is shifted into P Park Never repair tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never repair tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance Locating the emergency tire repair
102. act air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are de signed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front outboard seating po sitions in certain side impact or rollover colli sions In a side impact the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted In a rollover curtain air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the driver and front passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door fi
103. actor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section WRS0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to r
104. adjust the tire pressure to the cold tire pressure specifi cation shown on the tire and loading in formation label see Checking tire pres sure in the Maintenance and do it yourself section and Tire and loading information label in the Technical and consumer information section A WARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information in the Warranty Information Booklet i uA i tnl Improper service of the spare tire 1 Wear indicator may result in serious personal in 2 Location mark jury If it is necessary to repair the Trenco ana damaae spare tire contact a NISSAN g dealer A WARNING e For additional information re oe garding tires refer to Important e Ti
105. ages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are Child restraint anchor ages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged an chorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint in the 2nd row seats using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS0801 WRS0802 LRS0673 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 Rear facing step 3 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach 3 For child restraints that are equipped with ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check webbing mounted attachments remove any to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop additional slack from the anchor attach erly attached to the lower anchors ments Press
106. aint installation USING LATCH a reitit karea i E er iA Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat beltS 2 cece eee eee Installing top tether strap rear bench seat BOCstel Sedis ees reauevisedeceramorweaasapuces Supplemental restraint system 0 cee eee Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSICM casos kee ke veh mats Oe eile EEEE Heeler oe Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light WARNING Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See Precau tions on seat belt usage in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so full attention may
107. amage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty Technical and consumer information 9 3 If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage 9 4 Technical and consumer information E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S gov ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens ing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel etha
108. an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See Child restraints in this section for more information NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system fo
109. and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Supplemental air bag warning light in this section WRS0256 Rear facing step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions WRS0761 Rear facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 LRS2395 LRS2396 WRS0762 Rear facing step 3 Rear facing step 4 Rear facing step 5 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat extended At this time the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt belt press downward and rearward firmly in is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR the center of the child r
110. andora audio mode press the AUX button repeatedly until the Pandora audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Pandora audio are dis played on the screen Touch the keys on the screen to play or pause the audio Touch the key to select thumbs up orthe key to select thumbs down NOTE There is a limit of six skips per station per hour If a thumbs down is given after the skip limit has been reached the current track will continue to play but the feedback will be saved 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Staton List Bookmark Deleie Station Pandora audio settings To adjust the Pandora audio settings select the Menu key Station List Select to display a list of available Pandora stations Bookmark Select to bookmark the current station Delete Station Select to remove the current station A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated CD CARE AND CLEANING 1 Tuning switches 2 Phone operation switches 3 POWER on and SOURCE select switch Volume control switches Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc Always place the discs in the storage case A when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the
111. ation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child ts standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag Is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the right front passenger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly lf a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated repo
112. ats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child See Child re straints in this section for details A WARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be prop erly restrained in the rear seat if possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 WARNING Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING The seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near t
113. bag status light may illuminate and the supplemental air bag warning light may flash If a forward facing child restraint is in stalled in the front passenger seat do not position the front passenger seat so the child restraint contacts the instru ment panel If the child restraint does contact the instrument panel the sys tem may determine the seat is occupied and the passenger air bag may deploy in a collision Also the front passenger air bag status light may not illuminate See Child restraints in this section for information about installing and using child restraints Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating as de scribed in this section please take your vehicle to your NISSAN dealer to check the occupant classification system Until you have confirmed with your dealer that your passenger seat occu pant classification system is working properly position the occupants in the rear seating positions This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front i
114. behind the vehicle to help avoid damaging the vehicle e The system cannot completely elimi nate blind spots and may not show ev ery object Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation The system will not show small objects below the bumper and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in a RearView Monitor will ap pear visually opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors Make sure that the back doors are se curely close when backing up Do not put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled above the license plate When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting ina fire or an electric shock CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle
115. brake and cause an accident To engage Pull the lever up To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Move the shift lever to the P Park position 3 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower com pletely 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL I 1 IE i SPRUE AH FF ___ __ ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch 4 CRUISE ON OFF switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically oT To properly set the cruise control system use the following procedures A WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 30 89 MPH 48 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the ON OFF switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Take your foo
116. careful not to excessively loosen the bolt because the basket may fall abruptly 6 6 In case of emergency 9 Stop turning the bolt when the spare is lowered to the point where the tire basket 2 can be removed from the hook 10 Remove the wheel basket by pushing the basket upward 11 Lower the tire basket to the ground and take out the spare Spare wheel basket bolt tightening torque 18 to 21 ft lb 24 5 to 29 4 N m Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire A WARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack e Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move Always refer to the illustration for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefull
117. cator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deac tivated the front doors do not unlock when the transmission is placed in the P Park position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side CHILD SAFETY SLIDING DOOR LOCK The child safety lock helps prevent the sliding door from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock lever is located on the edge of the sliding door When the lever is in the unlock position the door can be opened from the outside or the inside When the lever is in the LOCK position the door can be opened only from the outside Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 HOOD 1 Pull the hood lock release handle 1 located below the instrument panel until the hood springs up slightly 2 Locate the lever 2 in between the hood and grille and push the lever sideways with your fingertips 3 Raise the hood 3 4 Remove the support rod and insert it into the slot 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments Hold the coated parts A when removing or resetting the support rod Avoid direct con tact with the metal parts as they may be hot immediately after the engine has been stopped When closing the hood return the support ro
118. center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel POWER on switch With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON posi tion push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on SOURCE select switch Push the SOURCE select switch to change the mode in the following sequence AM FM CD USB iPod Bluetooth audio AUX AM These modes are only available when compat ible media storage is inserted into the device Volume control switches Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume id mpl Tuning Memory change radio While in one of the preset radio station banks A B or C push the tuning switch M or PH for less than 1 5 seconds to change to the next preset station in memory Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch 44 or PH for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station Next Previous track CD Push the tuning switch or PM for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present track or skip to the next track Push several times to skip back or skip through tracks ANTENNA The antenna cannot be shortene
119. cicec sume uy E EEEE 8 18 REDIGCING merra E EEEE ace 8 18 Blakes PEE P E E AE TEA L E TA TT TEE 8 19 PUSCS E EE E E E ste ET 8 20 Engine COMPANME Men coscuvenvedvewesede dened 8 20 Passenger compartment 00 eee eens 8 22 IOI Seay EE veoh eee needa ee eereres 8 24 PICAGIOUiSesket erowetenssuscreneeatsaueewents 8 24 Paw tin signal IQS usst2adenev as daceeenears 8 27 Exterior and interior lights 8 28 Wheels and tires 02200 cece eee eee es 8 32 TiS less Caos fe cee geee ed ee oe eee eres 8 32 TRAD GHIRG o ceceeekeceseceeedreseteeteconaes 8 35 Types Ol iO cae er ee eee reese orercuceetaat 8 38 Le a secon eecdes wiearnyesatese es 8 39 Changing wheels and tires 000 eee eee 8 39 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum maintenance requirements with long ser vice intervals to save you both time and money however some day to day and regular mainte nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items ar
120. ck the window in place PANORAMIC SUNSHADE To open the sunshade squeeze the handle to release and ease the shade back into its stored position To close the sunshade pull the handle to draw out the shade di CAUTION Do not pull the sunshade straight down This could damage the shade The cargo light has a two position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position 4 the cargo light illuminates regardless of door posi tion The light will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position When the switch is in the OFF position the cargo light will not illuminate regardless of door posi tion Instruments and controls 2 27 PERSONAL LIGHTS MAP LIGHT CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Senn To turn the personal lights on or off press the B switch 1 The map light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position the map light illuminates regardless of door position The light will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position When the switch is in the DOOR position the map light will stay on for a period of time when The doors are unlocked by the key or the power door lock switch while all d
121. cle When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For details see LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s
122. cog nition System Text Messaging Select to toggle the text message function ality on or off Show Incoming Text for Select Driver to have incoming text notifi cations shown in the vehicle information dis play Select Both to have text notifications shown in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen Select Off to turn off all text notifications Auto Reply Select to toggle the auto reply functionality on or off Auto Reply Message Select to indicate preferred message to be sent when Auto Reply function is activated Use Vehicle s Signature Select to toggle on or off the addition of the vehicle signature to outgoing messages Custom Text Messages Select this option to select a custom mes sage to edit There are 4 customer message slots available 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the systems equipped on this vehicle such as the phone and navigation systems To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press the button located on the steering wheel When prompted speak the command for the system you wish to activate The command given is picked up by the microphone and performed when it is properly recognized NISSAN Voice Recognition will provide a voice response as well as a message in the center display to inform you of th
123. contents Indicator Name Page light Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light Illustrated table of contents 0 9 MEMO 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system DEAS en diane E heaped ee cae E EE 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment s a aasan 1 2 Head restraints Headrests 0000 eee aes 1 4 Flexible seating a20 4cecetuedeteeteedetgtane nde 1 8 Seal Dells yasueeceses cc esenee asses eenancssaecsene 1 11 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 11 Pregnant WOMEN s cs0 hcuseeeesuaacs tance ewes 1 14 Injured persons ven gseeuvetereveseceduaseves ce 1 14 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 14 Seat belt extenders nuunuu cece eee eee 1 17 Seat belt maintenance 00 cee eee ee es 1217 CING salo on cnr cena rkik ARRAREN EEEREN eons 1 18 WANS E EE E E E EE ETETE eee woke 1 18 MUCH PCG sresti secs ersaruns ketida binrin 1 19 Larger children ccc severe dencdnse Rae ed eee ee 1 19 Child TreStrainiSsncis2c6uheasecescacancieteacdseans 1 19 Precautions on child restraints 005 1 19 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System vas accede bacnucedeeteuese ses Rear facing child restraint installation using Oe eee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat belts cece eee eee eens Forward facing child restr
124. control control Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 COOLING Air nol passed through heater core Air flow control Temperature control Alr recirculation control Air recirculation control Temp Air flow control control Fan control 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems aS ee YS OFF button Fan speed increase button A C button Mode button Temperature increase button Temperature decrease button Display Fan speed decrease button REAR SEAT AIR CONDITIONER The rear seat passengers can adjust the rear automatic air conditioning system using the con trol switches at the rear of the center console To activate the rear control buttons press the fan speed increase button fan speed decrease button or the A C button on the rear air conditioner control panel OFF button Turns rear automatic air conditioning system off Fan speed increase and decrease buttons Ad justs the rear fan speed up or down A C button Turns on air conditioner A C will be appear in display indicating when air conditioning is turned on Mode button Pressing the MODE button manu ally controls air flow and selects the air outlet zt Ar flows from center and side vents 1 4 Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets sr Air flows mainly from foot outlets Temperature increase a
125. could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified ca pacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information in the Warranty Information Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY HOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL R FRONT A REAR x TOTAL AVANT ARRIERE THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED X4 kg OR XX lbs LE POIDS COMBINE D OCCUPANTS ET DE CARGAISON NE DEVRAIT JAMAIS EXC DER XX OL XX Ibs ORIGINAL TIRE size TAILLE DU PNEU D ORIGINE PXAX XXAXX COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION OF GONFLAGE A FROW FOR ADCITIONAL 3 INFORMATION POUR D AUTRES PXXA KARXA DETAILS SE REPORTER AU oE SECOURS PXRASRXRXX Tire and loading information label Q Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 2 Vehicle load limit See Vehicle load ing information in the Technical and consumer information section 3 Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself AU MANUEL DU CONDUCTEUR Cold tire
126. cret arrr ee tee awa ve 2 8 Warming QUES csisecrscereseenireneis pa inini hs 2 9 Mdicator igi Sesser enee a i 2 13 Audible reminders 00 cee eee nenn 2 15 DECUILY SVSICINS s14ctdeveusendeieeetonseaseenoius 2 15 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 15 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 16 Switch operation vices a cendeceeese aaa sondern exe 2 16 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 17 Rear window defroster switch 2 5 2 18 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 18 Headlight control switch 00 cee ee eee 2 18 Instrument brightness control 005 2 20 Tum signal SWHCH sesssccsericcacireiurersieiei 2 20 PICM e a E E AA A E E AAA 2 20 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch 2 21 Power OUCH cessi as ausra Au aN ete n i a iE 2 22 S 0 210 Ea EE ee ee a ee eee 2 22 Map DOCKGIS 25 22 siceecscatedgssuedestadacss ice 2 23 Under seat storage bins 00 cece eee ee 2 23 OU OIG E ae cera meade eeu cates 2 23 GlOVE DO neces scenes renee enenaeeeeasaeruer 2 24 NVINOOWSt octet igor cancers cusee eheeetendeoenaste 2 24 Power WINKOWS wenn d nai atdx gcecdaww sean meow es 2 24 Sliding rear WINdOWs lt a4 2tene oe eaeeaeeoaensr ees 2 27 MOOMOO issisairss 500000 cena 5eeeeedectecanesege 2 27 Panoramic sunshade bc c200 ee enw cornenee oeared 2 27 CAG NOM IEE A E E T 2 27 Personal lIQhts refers ceins wee hdn EE
127. d but can be removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod counterclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna rod clockwise and hand tighten 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A CAUTION e Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation e Be sure that the antenna is removed before the vehicle enters an automatic car wash Be sure to fold down the antenna be fore the vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your vehicle be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts A WARNING A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as
128. d to its original position lower the hood to approxi mately 12 in 80 cm above the latch and release it This allows proper engagement of the hood latch WARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood FUEL FILLER DOOR LPD2022 Rear tank opener OPENER OPERATION The fuel filler door release is located below the instrument panel To open the fuel filler door pull the release To lock close the fuel filler door securely FUEL FILLER CAP A WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling e Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL
129. d use Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehi
130. de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the Spee position Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to the maxi mum position and the temperature control dial to the full hot position T ae When the Y or position is selected press the 4 C button to turn on the air condi tioner for better performance This will dehumidify the air and help defog the windows Bi level heating This mode directs cooler air from the side and center vents and warmer air from the floor outlets When the temperature control dial is moved to the full hot or full cool position the air between the vents and the floor outlets is the same tem perature 1 Move the air intake lever to position 9 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield 1 Move the air intake lever to the lt po
131. ding on the iPod model the following items may be available on the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual e Playlists Artists Albums Genres Songs Composers Audiobooks Podcasts Random and repeat play mode While the iPod is playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the iPod When the random mode is active the icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until no a icon is displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the iPod When the repeat mode is active the icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until no O icon is displayed i e Seek buttons Press the seek button 44 or FP to skip backward or forward one track Press and hold the seek button 44 or PM for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the track returns to normal play speed Scrolling menus While navigating long lists of artists albums or songs in the music menu
132. djusts the sound between the front and rear speakers Treble Balance Fada Speed Sensitive Vol AUS Volume Laval Speed Sensitive Vol Controls the level to which the volume is adjusted as the vehicle s driving speed changes Choose a setting or choose 0 to disable the feature en tirely AUX Volume Level Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected to the system Available options are Low Medium and High Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 Signal Strength Marginal Signal AM Audio Activated XM NavTraffic Authorized Last Mes Recelv 00 00 AM XM Travel Link Unavailable XM RADIO ID XXAXAAXA XM settings To view the XM settings 1 Press the MENU button 2 Select the Settings key 3 Select the XM key The signal strength activation status and other information are displayed on the screen FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator ST is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception XM band select Pressi
133. door until it stops Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 2 Pull the lever located on the side of the left back door toward the rear of the vehicle and pull the door to open until the door stops 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments The back doors open approximately 180 to allow access to the rear of the vehicle 3 To open either door to the wide open posi tion 3 pull the release latch located on the inside of each back door toward the front of the vehicle to release the check link arm 4 Open the door slowly until the door stops The back doors are not designed to be latched in their fully open positions Park the vehicle in a safe and level place Make sure that the area is clear of ob stacles and there is enough clearance around the back doors AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h All doors unlock automatically when the transmission is placed in the P Park posi tion The automatic unlock function can be de activated or activated To deactivate or acti vate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the c position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indi
134. dy If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re corder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situa tions such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying dat
135. e Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities 9 2 Fuel recommendation 220200eee eee 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 5 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations hececretedew steed cuteudsenss 9 6 DUCUMCAUCN E E event sane cane puus ede named 9 7 PNQING E E E T T T E ee aes 9 7 Wheels and tires s n nunnana nananana 9 8 Dimensions and weights 2 2 0 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY 20 eo steed ae dsdcecstteeeeeduwe cnt 9 9 Vehicle identification s 00i e 8cudsner anne eedieasa we lt 9 9 Vehicle identification number
136. e Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraint headrest adjustment in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information CENTER SEATING POSITION Remove the head restraint headrest and posi tion the top tether strap 4 over the seatback or adjust the head restraint headrest to the lowest position and position the top tether strap over the head restraint headrest If the head restraint headrest is removed store it ina secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraint headrest in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information 2 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the bottom of the seatback behind the child restraint 3 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Make sure the head restraint headrest does not contact the top tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats A WARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap port
137. e around the oil filter Correct as required 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT FLUID A CAUTION Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 Do not mix with other fluids Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 3 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the warranty When checking or replacement of CVT fluid is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 BRAKE FLUID WARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability Clean the filler cap before removing Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself Mian Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the brake fluid is below the MIN line the brake warning light will illuminate Add brake fluid up to the MAX line A See RECOMMENDED FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES in the Technical and consumer information sec tion for the
138. e NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner s Manual for contact informa tion IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways A WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully APD1005 If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen lt amp If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle yA i Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action s t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Cali fornia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition cer tain fluids contained in vehicles and cer tain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause
139. e anchor attachments If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints headrests in this sec 5 Tighten the tether strap according to the tion for head restraint headrest adjustment manufacturer s instructions to remove any information slack 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0697 Forward facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 3 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS A WARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retr
140. e area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so 2 10 Instruments and controls High temperature warning light a em g p g IIg When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the high temperature warning light illu minates and then turns off This indicates that the high temperature sensor in the engine coolant system is operational CAUTION If the high temperature warning light illu minates while the engine is running it may indicate the engine temperature is extremely high Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible If the vehicle is over heated continuing vehicle operation may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section ry Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches O Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank
141. e command results USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the sys tem is ready to accept voice commands If the button is pressed before the initializa tion completes the system will announce Voice Recognition System not ready Please wait Giving voice commands 1 2 Press the Ae button The system announces Please say a com mand A list of available commands is spo ken by the system After the tone sounds and the face icon on the display changes speak a command Available commands are discussed in this section Voice and display feedback are provided when the command is accepted If the command is not recognized the sys tem announces Available commands are Repeat the command in a clear voice If you want to cancel the command or go back to the previous menu of commands Traffic 9 POls powered a information by Google press the button The system will an nounce Voice recognition canceled or SS Google Go back depending on the current menu gt Weather Ft Sond To Car level Press the BACK button on the control panel Settings B Ba ia to move back through the menus displayed on the screen If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback use the volume control switches on the steering wheel or t
142. e control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltage control system This system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator The current sensor A is located near the battery along the negative battery cable If you add elec trical accessories to your vehicle be sure to ground them to a suitable body ground such as the frame or engine block area Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 DRIVE BELT Automatic tensioner Generator Water pump Air conditioner compressor Crankshaft pulley WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly PEPPES 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts or fraying If the belt is in poor condition have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS lridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service iridium tipped
143. e described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on tt You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle
144. e device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and windshield washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least when ever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Check that all doors are closed Position seat and adjust head restraints headrests Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi tion See Warning indicator lights and au dible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neu tral P Park is recommended The shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift lever is in any of the driving positions Crank th
145. e engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the brake shoes whenever the effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the brake shoes and or drums are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance 5 20 Starting and driving This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS A WARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you U
146. e engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by placing the ignition switch in the START position Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 to 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 sec onds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting It off Starting and stopping the engine over a shor
147. e error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Bit rate may be too low If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the Songs do not play back in When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP38 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song The playback order is the order
148. e information about the POls Powered by Google Google Send To Car Traffic Information and Weather features see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual For more information about the Voice Com mands key see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section To select and or adjust several functions fea tures and modes that are available for your ve hicle 1 Press the MENU button 2 Select the Settings key Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 SETTINGS iS sem avigation nfo Navigati aa inf Phone amp A Bluetooth wx XM LHA2248 3 Select the desired item Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for information regarding this item Phone amp Bluetooth For information regarding the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hand Free Phone System in this section For infor mation regarding Bluetooth audio see Bluetooth streaming audio in this section Select the System key to select and or adjust various functions of the system A screen with additional options will appear Display Select this key to adjust the appearance of the display Brightness The brightness of the display can be sent to Very Bright Bright Default Dark lt or Very Dark Touch the key to cycle through the options sos Mode Adjusts to fit the level of lighting in the vehicle Touch key to cycle through opti
149. e on and all the other lights remain on WIC1509 Type B CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Headlight beam select A To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on andthe gt light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the headlight switch is in the or 2 position the headlights will turn off after a period of time A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Instruments and controls 2 19 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the or position Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights when driving at night 2 20 Instruments and controls TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is completed the turn signals cancel automatically HORN 2 To sound the horn push near the horn icon on the steering wheel A WARNING Do not d
150. e or door slide roller as this may cause injury When opening the door on a slope en sure that it is fully open and can be held in place by the detent Failing to ensure the door remains open could result in serious injury The sliding door can be opened from the inside or the outside To open the sliding door from the inside pull the handle 1 toward the rear of the vehicle and slide the door until the door clicks into the detent To close the sliding door from the inside pull the handle 1 toward the rear of the vehicle The door will release from the open position and slide closed To open a sliding door from the outside pull the outside handle and slide the door toward the rear of the vehicle until the door clicks into the detent To close the sliding door from the outside pull the outside handle again The door will release from the open position and slide closed BACK DOORS CAUTION e Do not operate the 180 release lever until the door has been fully opened Doing so can result in damage to the vehicle and or malfunction of the mechanism Always look before fully opening the back door s to avoid an accident with oncoming traffic or pedestrians When closing the back doors be sure to close the left side door before closing the right side door Open the back doors by performing the follow ing 1 From the outside of the vehicle pull the door handle on the right side door and open
151. e phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time NISSAN Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this sec tion Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Immediately after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position it may be impos sible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehic
152. e slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position 2 so the belt passes over the center of the shoul der The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position WARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and
153. e the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS A WARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury NEVER place a floor mat on top of an other floor mat in the driver front position Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your ve hicle model See your NISSAN dealer for more information Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid See Floor mat positioning aid in this section The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle vinyl flooring and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includes two driver s side front floor mat brackets and two passenger s side front floor mat brackets to help keep your floor mats in place Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle
154. eakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same char acteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth
155. ed children could become involved in seri ous accidents LPD2131 LPD2132 Driver s side and passenger side Sliding doors LOCKING WITH KEY To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle 1 To unlock turn the key toward the rear Manual if so equipped To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle 4 To unlock turn the key toward the rear Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 LPD2133 Back door To lock a door turn the key toward the right of the vehicle To unlock turn the key toward the left 2 of the vehicle 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD2134 Driver s side and passenger side Power if so equipped The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front of the vehicle locks all the doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors LPD2092 Inside lock front driver and passenger LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position 1 then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 LPD2135 Inside lock sliding doors To lock the door wi
156. ed in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Appearance and care 7 5 Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible 7 6 Appearance and care CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In win
157. einstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints headrests in this sec tion for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint WRS0680 Forward facing step 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2nd row installation only See In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2394 Forward facing step 4 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRSO0668 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat b
158. el injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label located in the driver s door opening If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire infla tion pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check all your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significan
159. eld washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened Ifthe vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health A WARNING Do not expose the battery to flames an electrical spark or a cigarette Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Explosive gases can cause blind ness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or injury After touch ing a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do n
160. elt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRS0698 Forward facing step 8 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 LRSO865 Forward facing step 10 Rear bench seat 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front 1 Top tether strap passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air
161. em At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed A WARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift lever to P Park Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle e Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it wi
162. ended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary WDI0521 MR20DE A Oil filler cap Oil drain plug Oil filter CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 5 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oll 7 Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn 8 Start the engine and check for leakag
163. enger air bag status light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual O High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The E may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is Installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gal 11 4 L of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the w light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Tech nical and consumer information section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 13 Operation The Malfunction Indicator Light will come on in one of two ways Malfunctio
164. er iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 4 or later iPod nano 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 1 or later Some features of this iPod may not be fully functional Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 B ipod E Xx D XXXXXXXX F XXXXXXXX axx Audio main operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing the VOL ON OFF control knob will start the iPod AUX button When the AUX button is pressed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the AUX button re peatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems _ Playlists Artists Albums Genres Composers Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle s audio system display screen is similar to the iPod interface Use the touchscreen BACK button or the scrolling knob to navigate the menus on the screen When the iPod Is playing touch the Menu key to bring up the iPod interface Depen
165. er collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer Aiming the headlights The headlights on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant If your vehicle has been in an accident the alignment of your headlights should be checked by a NISSAN dealer Vertical aim adjustment NOTE Due to a maximum load condition of the vehicle headlight aiming adjustment may be necessary Please perform the following procedure Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away T 8 feet 2 4 meters 2 Center height of headlight to ground 3 25 feet 7 6 meters Horizontal reference line 2 Measure the height from the center of the headlight to the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height a piece of masking tape works well Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 3 Turn on the low beam headlights to illumi nate the wall or screen and open the hood 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI2255 4 On the wall or screen you will observe an area of high intensity light The top of the high intensity area should touch the horizon tal reference line If not the beam will need to be adjusted 5 Locate the vertical adjuster on each head light then use a suitable tool to adjust the headlight up or down 6 Close the hood and turn off the headlights NOTE
166. estraint to compress mode child restraint mode It reverts to the the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode pulling up on the seat belt when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS2397 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint in the 2nd row seats using the LATCH system
167. et local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transporta tion and registration are the responsibility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER VIN PLATE The number is stamped on the engine as shown The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration Technical and consumer information 9 9 F M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S certification label is affixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Num ber VIN etc Review it carefully 9 10 Technical and consumer information EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Info
168. etimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any continuously variable transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Do ing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis sion parts due to lack of transmission lubrication For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual 9 16 Technical and consumer information Continuously Variable Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with a continuously variable transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufac turer s recommendations when using their prod uct UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
169. event traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment formaximum cooling when using the air con ditioner Air conditioner button Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the 4 C button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is operating To turn off the air conditioner press the 4 C button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch For more information about the rear window and outside mirror defroster switch see Rear win dow and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Move the air intake lever to the lt posi tion for normal heating 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center vents 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the rt position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the
170. f the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch placed in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Instruments and controls 2 15 FCC Notice For USA This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of In dustry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference
171. fects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix That is true for drugs too over the counter prescrip tion and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition IGNITION SWITCH A WARNING Never remove the ignition key or place the ignition switch in the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock for models with a steering lock mechanism This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or per sonal injury CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position When placing the ignition switch in the LOCK position make sure that the shift lever is in the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition switch if it is inserted make sure that the shift lever is in the P Park position Starting and driving 5 7 When the ignition switch cannot be placed to the LOCK position 1 Shift the shift lever to the P Park position 2 Move the ignition switch slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 4 Remove the key if it is inserted in the ignition switch If the ignition switch is placed to the LOCK posi tion the shift lever cannot be moved from t
172. formation about the iPod player available with this system see iPod player operation in this section For more information about the USB interface available with this system see USB interface in this section For more information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system see Bluetooth streaming audio in this section For more information about the Pandora audio feature available with this system see Pan dora audio in this section USB INTERFACE Connecting a device to the USB input jack A WARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port e Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB input jack is located in the center con sole Insert the USB device into the jack 4
173. forward facing child re straint NISSAN recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit properly the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top middle portion of the shoulder The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoul der The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdomen A booster seat can only be used in seating posi tions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be positioned properly across the lower hips or up per thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 A WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation an
174. fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region For additional information see Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see Wheels and tires in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED
175. g can result in reduced en gine power and vehicle speed The re duced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driving speed pull to the side of the road in a safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading and the illumination of the engine oil pressure engine coolant temperature high indicator light or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park Do not stop the engine Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood A WARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaki
176. gates doors and trunk lids if so equipped closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with one of these open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Turn the air recirculation mode off and set the fan speed control to the highest level to circulate the air The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants WARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fu
177. ge To remove the fuel filler cap Loose Fuel Cap warning message fo IE CU EMTs F aure MS tighten the 1 Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise 1 fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE lu u p The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message dis FUEL CAP warning message is dis to remove plays In the odometer when the fuel filler Cap IS played may cause the 1 Malfunc 2 Loop the tether strap around the hook not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been message to be displayed To turn off the warning e For additional information see the To install the fuel filler cap message perform the following Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in Pe aa nea land Controle Saton 1 al fuel filler cap straight into the fuel 1 iir se the fuel filler sl pre in this manual viously described as soon as possible If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body 2 Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until a 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks flush it away with water to avoid paint single click is heard damage 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 Press the loose fuel cap warning reset but ton A in the meter for about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message after tightening the fuel filler cap STEERING WHEEL TILT OPERATION Push the lock lever down and adjust the steering wheel up or down 2 to the desired position Pull the lock lever 1 up to lock the steering wheel in place A
178. general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires sho
179. ghway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on 6 2 In case of emergency The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning appears in the odometer one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section A WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inf
180. gnition systems the hill is the place 8 Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on the hill is the place 8 Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown farther than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 OPERATING TIPS When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly 44 CAUTION Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the a Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner screen This is due to strong reflected light Brightness L very Briaht to clean the camera This will cause from the bumper This is not a malfunction e discoloration To clean the camera gt wipe with a cloth dampened with a di luted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth The colors of objects on the RearView Moni DISPLAY SE
181. hat the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag Is opera tional Front passenger air bag The right front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is oper ated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements The occupant classification sensors weight sen sors are on the seat cushion frame under the front passenger seat and are designed to detect am occupant and objects on the seat For ex ample if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag system is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensors can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly sea
182. he P Park position The shift lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position 1 between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel 5 8 Starting and driving ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine Is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding th
183. he key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa
184. he screen For information on how to use the touchscreen see How to use the touchscreen in this section RECEIVING A CALL When a call is placed to the connected phone the display will change to phone mode To accept the incoming call either e Press the button on the steering wheel or Touch the green phone icon on the screen To reject the incoming call either e Press the Smi wheel or button on the steering Touch the red phone icon on the screen DURING A CALL While a call is active the following options are available on the screen e Handset Select this option to switch control of the phone call over to the handset Mute Mic Select this option to mute the microphone Select again to unmute the microphone Red phone icon Select to end the phone call ENDING A CALL To end a phone call select the red phone icon on the screen or press the button on the steering wheel Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 TEXT MESSAGING WARNING Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of some of the applications and features such as social networking and texting Check local regulations for any requirements Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of Text to Speech Check lo cal regulations before using this feature Use the text messaging feature after stopping your vehicle in a safe locati
185. he shift lock release Place the ignition switch in the ON position to unlock the steering wheel The vehicle may be moved to the desired location Replace the removed shift lock release cover after the operation If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position have a NISSAN dealer check the CVT system as soon as possible Overdrive O D OFF switch When the O D OFF switch is pushed with the shift lever in the D Drive position the OFF light in the instrument panel illuminates See Overdrive off indicator light CVT models in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Use the Overdrive off mode when you need im proved engine braking To turn off the Overdrive off mode push the O D OFF switch again The FF indicator light wil turn off Each time the engine is started or when the shift lever is shifted to any position other than D Drive the Overdrive off mode will be automati cally turned off Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs the CVT will not be shifted into the selected driving position If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL
186. he side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system D O 0 N Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags Air bag Control Unit ACU Supplemental front impact air bag modules Crash zone sensor Occupant classification system control unit Occupant classification sensor weight sensor Satellite sensors Seat belt buckle switches Seat belt with pretensioner Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag modules NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats A WARNING To ensure proper operation of the passen ger s advanced air bag system please ob serve the following items Do not place heavy loads heavier than 2 2 Ib 1 kg on the seatback head restraint headrest or in the seatback pocket Do not store luggage behind the seat It can press into the seatback e Do not position the front passenger seat so it contacts the partition If the front seat does contact the partition the air bag system may determine a sensor malfunction has occurred and the front passenger air
187. he system replies Please use manual con trols to continue Use manual controls to change the active phone from among the listed phones connected to the vehicle For more information about the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation Sys tem in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 NAVIGATION SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the Navigation System Places Street Address Address Book Home Previous Destination For more information about these commands see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual AUDIO SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the audio system voice commands i 2 3 Press the button Say Audio Speak a command from the following avail able commands FM Switches the audio system to the FM mode AM Switches the audio system to the AM mode XM satellite radio Switches the audio system to the Siri uSXM Satellite Radio mode CD Switches the audio system to the CD mode A CD must be inserted for this command to be functional iPod Switches the audio system to the iPod mode An iPod must be connected for this command to be available and functional The following sub commands are available for iPod Now Playing Menu Playlists Artists Albums Genres Songs Shuffle Songs Co
188. he volume knob on The voice command screen can also be the control panel accessed using the control panel display 1 Press the MENU button 2 Select the Voice Commands key Operating tips To get the best performance out of NISSAN Voice Recognition observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 3 5 sec onds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words amp Voice RECOGNITION E amp fa Say Command SYSTEM FEATURES NISSAN Voice Recognition can activate the fol lowing systems Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Navigation Audio Information For additional information on the navigation sys tem see the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Either zero or oh can be used for o Phone n
189. headrest down tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi before riding in that designated seating position tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FLEXIBLE SEATING WARNING Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold down position In a collision people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Head restraints headrests should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Always replace and adjust them properly if they have been re moved for any reason If the head restraints headrests are re moved for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Folding the front passenger s seatback
190. height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated LRS2137 LATCH system lower anchor locations bench seat LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint The LATCH lower anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the following positions only 2nd row bench seat outboard seating positions LATCH lower anchor A WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the 2nd row center position using the LATCH system anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lowe
191. hey are damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated
192. ht Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle Both the GVWR and GAWR are located on the F M V S S certification label See Measurement of weights in this section Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustration Technical and consumer information 9 13 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX Ibs or XXX aaa Remaining available kg on your vehicle s placard 1 400 Ib R an cargo and luggage 2 Determine the combined weight of 640 kg load capacity the driver and passengers that will be 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 1 040 Ib riding in your vehicle Occupants Luggage 0kg 135 kg 14 kg 27 kg 472 kg 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX Ibs or XXX kg 4 The resulting figure equals the avail Occupants Luggage able amount of cargo and luggage Load limit Remaining available load capacity For example if the 1 400 Ib t X R re CECCEC I cargo and luggage X
193. icipate and mini mize stops Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel efficiency 3 Use Air Conditioning A C at Higher Vehicle Speeds Below 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load Above 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to use A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis tances Observing the speed limit and not ex ceeding 60 MPH 97 km h where le gally allowed can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag Maintaining a safe following distance be hind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced brak ing and smooth acceleration changes Select a gear range suitable to road con ditions Use Cruise Control Using cruise control during highway driv ing helps maintain a steady speed Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains Plan for the Shortest Route Utilize a map or navigation system to de termine the best route to save time 10 Avoid Idling Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds
194. id on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer Ig noring such conditions may lead to ac cidents fire or electrical shock 1 Display screen 5 MENU button 9 button 6 BACK button 3 MAP button 7 TUNE knob AUDIO button 4 NAV button 8 UD brightness control button 4 2 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 9 Power button VOL volume control knob 10 CAMERA button For information regarding the Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual For information regarding the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System control button see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System in this section When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols Example Words marked in quotes refer to a key shown only on the display These keys can be selected by touching the screen HOW TO USE THE TOUCH SCREEN CAUTION The glass display screen may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury To clean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper to
195. ight 1 48 Security indicator light 2 14 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders gic can ae we eae eae a 2 8 Lock Child safety sliding door lock 3 9 Door lOGkS 2 25442 a 4 8e eee ees 3 3 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 11 Glove box lock 2 24 Power door locks lt lt 2 484 Gm ew ded 3 5 Rear door lock a 6 06 9 4 aa 3 7 Loose fuel cap warning 2 4 3 11 Low fuel warning light 2 10 Low tire pressure warning light 2 10 Low windshield washer fluid warning light 2 11 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 12 M Maintenance General maintenance aoao aa 8 2 Inside the vehicle 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 17 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator light 2 13 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Map pocket aoaaa a 2 23 Meters and gauges saoasaoa a e 2 3 Instrument brightness control a 2 20 Mirror Inside MiIMOr a e ra rea tamka a 3 14 Outside mirror control 3 14 Outside mirrors 1 0 002 000 ee 3 14 NMIGOMOGL lt lt cis sae a deg eee eee eS 2 27 N NISSAN vehicle immobilizer SYSt M s A 242 aoe ace phe 2 15 3 2 5 8 NISSAN voice recognition system 4 54 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 4 Odometer
196. ile an audio device is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be battery power of the device may discharge recognized by the in vehicle audio system quicker than usual It is necessary to set up the wireless con This system supports the Bluetooth Audio nection between a compatible Bluetooth Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth module before using the Bluetooth audio BLUETOOTH is a Operating procedure of the Bluetooth au trademark owned by dio will vary depending on the devices Make Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc sure how to operate your audio device be and ieii to fore using it with this system Bosch The Bluetooth audio may be stopped un der the following conditions Receiving a call on the Hands Free Phone System Checking the connection to the hands free phone Do not place the Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless con nection disruption Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 Wi PH E HH DFF WOL 1 amp CD eject button 7 Display screen 2 FM AM button 8 ON OFF button VOL volume 3 AUX button 9 W4 Backward seek button and PM 4 CD insert slot Forward seek button 5 BACK button 10 CD button 6 TUNE knob AUDIO button 4
197. imate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM A WARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 0 Bluetooth microphone location make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicl
198. inates to indicate a TPMS mal function Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates check the tire pressure for all four tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the In case of emergency section A WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If
199. ind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage sr Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner seat belt systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag sys
200. infall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care m
201. interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by amp Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Bosch VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System features using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For more details see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section Voice Prompt Interrupt While using the voice recognition system the system voice can be interrupted to allow the user to speak commands While the system is speak ing press the amp button on the steering wheel The system voice will stop and a tone will be heard After the tone speak desired command displayed on the touch screen One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the s button and after the tone say Call Redial 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems te Traffic 9 POls PATE information by Google Google Weather ia send To Car Settings B EEE iria CONNECTING PROCEDURE NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled 1 Press the MENU button on the control panel 2 Select the Settings key 3 Select the Phone amp Blue
202. ion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved chi
203. ion switch to the ACC posi tion Turn the compressor switch to the on 6 12 Incase of emergency A WARNING To avoid serious personal injury while using the emergency tire repair kit Securely tighten the air compressor hose to the tire valve Failure to do so can cause the sealant to spray into the air and get into your eyes or on the skin Do not stand directly beside the dam aged tire while it is being inflated because of the risk of rupture If there are any cracks or bumps turn the air compressor off immediately To avoid serious injury when stowing the emergency Keep the sealant bottle screwed into the compressor Failure to do so can cause the sealant to spray into the air and get into your eyes or on the skin If the tire pressure does not increase to 26 psi 180 kPa within 10 minutes the tire may be seriously damaged and the tire cannot be re paired with this tire repair kit Under this circumstance contact a professional towing ser vice for assistance 9 When the tire pressure is at the specified pressure turn the air compressor off If the tire cannot be inflated to the specified pres sure the air compressor can be turned of at the minumum 26 psi 180 kPa Remove the power plug from the outlet and quickly re move the hose from the tire valve Attach the protective cap and valve cap Properly stow the emergency tire repair kit in the cargo area 10 Immediatly drive the vehicle fo
204. ional information see Continuously Variable Transmission CVT in the Starting and driving section of this manual Security indicator light This light blinks when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF LOCK or ACC position The blinking security indicator light indicates that the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational For additional information see Security sys tems in this section R Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on R Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light This indicator light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the Vehicle Dynamic Control sys tem is not operating Push the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual The Vehicle Dynamic Control light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 sec onds if the system Is opera
205. ire pressure warning light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on BRAKE oO FA om AO PS 2 8 Instruments and controls Low windshield washer fluid warning light Power steering warning light Seat belt warning light and chime ff a Supplemental air bag warning light Auto step indicator light mb JC To Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator light Cruise main switch indicator light CRUISE PEL wll pia Front passenger air bag status light 2 If equipped the following lights come on briefly and then go off ABS or red D Gee High beam indicator light blue Malfunction Indicator Light MIL O D OFF Overdrive off indicator light Security indicator light Slip indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light O R If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS ol Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is
206. isassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH LIC 1548 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driv ing conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power Is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dy namic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section SS P Hin LIC2446 Front Center Console Instruments and controls 2 21 POWER OUTLET LIC2583 Rear Partition Wall The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones The outlet is rated at 12 volt 120 W 10A maximum A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information 2 22 Ins
207. ith a headrest Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest if applicable Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint headrest that may be integrated adjustable or non adjustable Adjustable head restraints headrests have multiple notches along the stalks to lock them in a desired adjustment position The non adjustable head restraints headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame Proper Adjustment For the adjustable type align the head restraint headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint headrest lf your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position If the head restraint headrest has been re moved ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that desig nated seating position Adjustable head restraint headrest components 1 2 3 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 Removable head restraint headrest Multiple notches Lock knob Stalks Non adjustable head restraint Remove headrest components Use the following procedure to remove the head 1 Removable head restraint headrest restraint headrest 2 Single Notch 1 Pull the head restraint headrest up to the 3 Lock knob highest position 4 Stalks 2 Push and hold the lock knob 3
208. ith which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil larity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle A WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driv ing and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information DRIVING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differ ently from an ordinary passenger vehicle be cause It has a higher center of gravity As with other vehicles with features of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read Driving precautions Avoid ing collision and rollover and Driving safety precautions in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual MODIFIC
209. ition for normal cooling Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the gt posi tion Turn the air flow control dial to the inf position Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion Press the 4 C button The indicator light comes on Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Dehumidified defogging This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air 1 2 Move the air intake lever to the gt posi tion Turn the air flow control dial to the Spee position Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion When the p or a position is selected press the 4 C button to turn on the air conditioner for better performance This will dehumidify the air and help defog the windows Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Operating tips Keep the windows closed while the air con ditioner is in operation After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 min utes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment before closing the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly The air conditioning system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month This helps pre vent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in h
210. l Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the low tire pres sure warning system For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation in the Warranty Information Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and Icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size a
211. l free number For U S customers 877 NIS NCV1 877 647 6281 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 or via e mail at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com If you prefer visit us at www nissanusa com We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 Instrument ENG acd wacvcte eee cotuwtee one enki Gan sence 0 6 Etorri ee ee ee A 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 0 7 Estona Tee eN E EEEN EE E ew see 0 4 Warning indicator lights n aana 00 cece cece 0 8 Pas
212. l restraint system 1 11 w 1 l I i 4 Ji p va ree ao 4 i 1 RA aa ee uA a AA Sil upright and well Sack WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly A WARNING Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light g
213. l secccceudeateuceatesace see seen see 4 51 Telt messaging oyitecesadceexunecteessdsaseed 4 52 Bluetooth settings 222ccace eceicaeeeedececads 4 53 PHONG SCUINGS a iectduncsoeGotedeneeeeeeeklues 4 54 NISSAN Voice Recognition System 4 54 Using the SYSIEM ov evens uusdeckwsce rae engeaaus 4 54 System features ccswrwocketuactsexeeteeued xe 4 56 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System VOICE COMMANGS jiiwweese cae ss decesesesaedeons 4 57 Navigation System voice commands 4 58 Audio system voice commands 5 4 58 Information voice Ccommands 0008 4 59 Help voice commands 00e cee eee eee 4 59 Troubleshooting guide 2 0 00 4 60 CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM A WARNING Positioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or EE E e UO der that full attention may be given to r the driving operation i e Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock MAP gr Nay HD MEN Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or BACK gt lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or On oe TUNE AUO electric shock ai In case you notice any foreign object in aia Ge the system hardware spill liqu
214. lated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to P Park 4 Place the Auto Step switch in the OFF po sition 5 Turn off the engine 6 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and t
215. ld restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Booster seat installation CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety Child Restraint and Booster Seats sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 LRS0454 Front passenger position 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head _ restraint headrest when the booster seat is removed See Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating positi
216. le vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S certification label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S cer tification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weig
217. le phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones e Ifthe hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone owner s manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc The signal strength display on the monitor will not coincide with the signal strength display of some cellular phones REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 2 this device must accept any interference including
218. ll grade do not hold the vehicle by depress ing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con trolled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment NOTE Engine power may be automatically re duced to protect the CVT if the engine speed increases quickly when driving on slippery roads or while being tested on some dynamometers Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion 4 Stop the vehicle completely before moving the shift lever into the P Park position The CVT is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear posi tions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever from P Park to any of the
219. ll be heard when a pop up message appears on the screen or a button on the unit such as the GHD button is pressed and held for 2 seconds Reset all settings Select this key to return all settings to default and to clear the memory memory See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for more information For XM setup refer to Audio system in this section gt BUTTON To change the display brightness press the 42 button Pressing the button again will change the display to the day or the night display If no operation is performed within 5 seconds the display will return to the previous display Press and hold the 2 button for more than two seconds to turn the display off Press the button again to turn the display on Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 REARVIEW MONITOR When the shift lever is shifted into the R Re verse position the monitor display shows the view to the rear of the vehicle A WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use of the Rear View monitor could result in serious injury or death The RearView Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and look out the win dows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always back up slowly The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary ob jects directly
220. lows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury e Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti vated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of preten sioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use dur ing a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either dam age or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if t
221. ltimately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Technical and consumer information section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diag
222. may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir is empty Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir Pre mix windshield washer fluid con centrates with water to the manufactur er s recommended levels before pour ing the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reservoir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the windshield washer fluid con centrate and water REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH s ASTIN OFF IT kia iii The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper C Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable 2 ON continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times Instruments and controls 2 17 A WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window C
223. mediately after using Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer to inspect and repair or replace the tire The Emergency Tire Sealant cannot per manently seal a punctured tire Con tinuing operation of the vehicle without a permanent tire repair can lead to a crash If you used Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture your NISSAN dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repair ing or replacing the tire NISSAN recommends using only NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Seal ant provided with your vehicle Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure 6 14 Incase of emergency JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed A WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres ent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of
224. model The driver s and passenger s side floor mats have two grommet holes incorporated in them Position each mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet holes while cen tering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual A WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerat
225. mpact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag system opera tion The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor and the Air bag Control Unit ACU Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant classification sensors are also monitored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the weight de Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 tected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illumi nated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section for further details One front air bag inflat ing does not indicate improper pe
226. mposers Audiobooks 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Podcasts Say Next Page to access these com mands Say Previous Page to return to the first page of commands USB Switches the audio system to the USB mode A USB device must be inserted for this command to be available and functional Pandora Switches the audio system to the Pandora audio mode A compatible Bluetooth au dio device with a Pandora application must be connected to the system for this command to be functional Bluetooth Switches the audio system to the Bluetooth audio mode A compatible Bluetooth audio device must be con nected to the system for this command to be functional AUX Switches the audio system to the AUX mode An AUX device must be connected for this command to be functional For more information about the audio system see Audio system in this section INFORMATION VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands are available for the information functions of the Navigation Sys tem e Traffic Current Weather Weather Forecast Google Send To Car Google Search For more information about these commands see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HELP VOICE COMMANDS The following voice commands can be spoken to have the system provide instructions and tips for using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system List Commands What Can Say
227. n Indicator Light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is displayed in the odometer and the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The _1 light should turn off after a few driving trips If the C light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction Indicator Light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled 2 14 Instruments and controls The Malfunction Indicator Light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Overdrive OFF indicator light The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when the overdrive off mode is selected For addit
228. n a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading and improper load ing not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer braking dis tances This may cause a prema ture tire failure which could result in a serious accident and per sonal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings Technical and consumer information 9 15 TOWING A TRAILER Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is som
229. nce and do it yourself 8 9 WDI0521 MR20DE engine A Oil filler cap Oil drain plug Oil filter CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 5 Remove the drain plug B with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oil If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oll filter in this section e Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations WARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer e Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep used engine oil out of reach of children CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 6 Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft lb 29 39 N m Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Recomm
230. nd decrease buttons Ad justs the rear temperature up or down Rear Air Conditioning Reset Button The rear air conditioning reset button allows the driver to reset the rear climate control settings from the front of the vehicle The button is located on the center console Upon pressing the button the rear temperature setting will return to 75 degrees and the fan speed will return to the middle position Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system WARNING The air conditioner system contains refrig erant under high pressure To avoid per sonal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO With the ignition placed in the ACC or ON posi tion press the PWR power VOL volume knob
231. nd load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS CAUTION Do not use tire chains cables on this ve hicle Doing so will cause damage to the vehicle WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 5 000 miles 8 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section in this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval After rotating the tires
232. nel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Presets can also be selected by touching the desired preset number on the screen Compact disc CD player operation If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Oco E XX200000X JY XXXXXXXX CIXXXXXXXX Oxx Browse CD MP3 display mode While listening to a CD or an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed when a CD en coded with text is being used Depending on how the CD or MP3 WMA CD is encoded the text is displayed listing the artist album and song title There are other keys displayed on the screen when a CD is playing Eko MP3 E Xx00000X St DP XXXXXXXX CIXXXXXXXX Oxx Browse Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the CD When the random mode is active
233. ng the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine a WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State and local regulations for towing must be followed Incor rect towing equipment could damage your ve hicle Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN dealer Local service operators are gen erally familiar with the applicable laws and proce dures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the ser vice operator carefully read the following precau tions A WARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used Always attach safety
234. ng dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Avoid high speed driv ing and abrupt braking See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light in this section Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the drive belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION Do not continue driving if the drive belt is loose broken or missing Instruments and controls 2 9 Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position peA Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a saf
235. ng the XM button will change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 XM1 satellite When the XM button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the last station played The last station played will also come on when the VOL ON OFF control knob is pressed to turn the radio on 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriuSXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on CAT XXXXX te CH XXXXX S Deeetetes P XXXXXXXX While the radio is in XM mode the operation can be controlled through the touchscreen Touch the Channels key to display a list of channels Touch a channel displayed on the list to change to that channel Touch the Categories key to display a list of categories Touch a category displayed on the list to display options within that category Co em P3 i aa aaa aa a a a a a a a a prs 8 90 92 J4 96 J8 100 102 104 106 108 Tuning with the touchscreen When in AM or FM mode the radio can be tuned using the touchscreen To bring up the visual t
236. nish ers See Seat belts in this section for instruc tions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 LP Sit upright and well back A WARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also re ceive serious or fatal injuries from the 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts
237. nol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel Consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have you
238. nostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that 1 or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve hicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC System helps to perform the f
239. nsmission 2 Speedometer CVT position indicator 3 Trip odometer reset switch trip com 6 Odometer twin trip odometer trip puter mode computer 4 Instrument brightness control 7 Fuel gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The odometer 1 records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips 2 4 Instruments and controls Changing the display Press the change button 3 to change the dis play as follows Odometer ODO Trip A Trip n Instant fuel consumption Average fuel con sumption DTE cruising range Odometer ODO Resetting the trip odometer Press the change button for more than 1 sec ond to reset the currently displayed trip odometer to zero LOOSE FUEL T RP Ee Loose fuel cap warning message Push the reset button for more than 1 second to reset the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning mes sage after the fuel cap has been tightened For additional information see Fuel filler cap in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual Check tire pressure warning message The CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message is displayed when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected Check and adjust the tire
240. o signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 7 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle A WARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the CVT is shifted into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance In case of emergency 6 3 Blocking wheels Place tire stoppers supplied in tool kit at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally oppo site the flat tire 2 to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up A WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury 6 4 In case of emergency LCE2077 Getting the spare tire and tools 1 Adjust the passenger seat rearward Remove the jack and necessary tools from under the passenger seat by performing the following steps Reverse steps 1 6 to install and secure the jack and tool bag LCE2078 2 Remove the tray under the passenger seat Loosen the jack screw counterclockwise Lift jack up Pull jack forward oo oO a w Release the belt strap to remove the tool bag In case of emergency 6 5 7 Open the back door 8 Loosen the bolt counterclockwise ap proximately 40 turns to lower the spare Be
241. o not adjust the display of the RearView the screen may be distorted until they are Monitor while the vehicle is moving completely displayed When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a malfunction 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems VENTS HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual A WARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to SAA3126 LHA2594 people or animals Side and rear vents Center l e Do not use the recirculation mode for Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by open Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by mov long periods as it may cause the interior ing closing or rotating ing the slide air to become stale and the windows to fog up NOTE Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 When parking set
242. olant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL LDI2203 MR20DE engine CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way LDI0371 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty Make sure to follow the engine oil changing inter vals in the maintenance booklet Operating under the following conditions may require more fre quent oil change Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Stop and go commuting Maintena
243. ollowing functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following condi tions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations Starting and driving 5 21 When the VDC system operates the f indi cator in the instrument panel flashes to note the following The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the Instru ments and controls section If a malfunction occurs in the system the f indicator light comes
244. on If you have to use the feature while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature pull off the road toa safe location and stop your vehicle The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface Sending a text message 1 Press the button on the steering wheel 2 Say Send Text after the tone 3 The system will provide a list of available commands in order to determine the recipi ent of the text message Choose from the following To a name Enter Number Missed Calls Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls For more information about these options see Voice commands in this section Once a recipient is chosen the system prompts for which message to send Seven predefined messages are available as well as three custom messages To choose one of the predefined messages speak one of the following after the tone Driving can t text Call me On my way Running late Okay Yes 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems No To send one of the custom messages say Custom Messages If more than one cus tom message is stored the system will prompt for the number of the desired cus tom message For more information
245. on does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor in this section 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light a may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the following systems Driver and passenger supplemental front imp
246. onditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control if so equipped on slippery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle 6 In case of emergency Hazard warning flasher switch 2 00005 6 2 Pus m StaR eene a E EAR 6 16 E EE ST E ETAETA ETT TTTE 6 2 lf your vehicle overheatS 0 cece eee eee eee 6 16 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 2 Towing your vehicle 2 cece tee e seen eee 6 17 Changing a flat tire 50cccesececcee see weeeues 6 3 Towing recommended by NISSAN 05 6 18 Repairing ATALICccdenrenkseceatdedeehBdura nae 6 9 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 19 WINN Starin riea AIEEE T aces en te 6 14 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH r LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the hi
247. ons Day and Night modes are suited for the respective times of day while Auto controls the display automatically Scroll Direction Direction Adjusts the direction of the menu scroll Choose either Up or Down Select this key to adjust the time and appearance of the clock on the display 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours Select from five possible formats of displaying the day month and year Clock Mode Adjust the mode for the clock Auto uses the system s GPS to automatically maintain the time Manual allows you to set the clock using the Set Clock Manually key Time Zone maintains the time based upon the zone selected when selecting the Time Zone key Set Clock Manu Adjust the clock manually Touch the or keys to adjust the hours minutes day month and year up or down Clock Mode must be ally set to manual for this option to be available Daylight Savings Adjusts the daylight savings time on or off Time Choose the applicable time zone from the list Adjusts the language on the display Choose from English Francais or Espafol Touchscreen Click Toggles the touchscreen click feature on or off When activated a click sound will be heard every time a key on the screen is touched System Beeps Toggle the system beep tones feature on or off When activated a beep sound wi
248. oors are closed and the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position 2 28 Instruments and controls The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The light will turn off while the timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition When the switch is in the OFF position 4 the map light does not illuminate regardless of door position The light will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the bat tery from becoming discharged CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery REAR ROOM LIGHT The rear room light on the overhead trim has a two position switch To operate push the switch to the desired position Q OFF The light does not illuminate regardless of door position or lock status 2 ON The light is illuminated CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery TROUBLE LIGHT SWITCH The trouble light switch is located on the instru ment panel Instruments and controls 2 29 INTERCOM SYSTEM SWITCH PERSONAL LIGHT SWITCHES LIC2553 LIC2574 Front Intercom switch Rear Intercom switch
249. oose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Forward facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ibs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint A WARNING Never put a rear facing child seat in the front seat Infants and children need special pro tection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident
250. opped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position R Reverse speed is limited to 30 MPH 48 km h Do not exceed 30 MPH 48 km h in the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be de pressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Re verse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 5 12 Starting and driving L Low Use this position for engine braking on steep downhill gradients climbing steep slopes and whenever approaching sharp bends Do not use the L Low position in any other circumstances LSD2141 Shift lock release lf the battery is discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the foot brake pedal depressed To move the shift lever perform the following procedure 1 Place the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover using a suitable tool 4 Push down the shift lock release using a suitable tool 5 Push the shift lever button and move the shift lever to the N Neutral position while hold ing down t
251. ot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction If the high temperature warning light oe illuminates in red indicating engine coolant temperature is over the normal range turn the air conditioner off See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting The air intake lever should always be in the gt position for heating and defrosting Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 DEFROSTING Air passed through BI LEVEL DEFOGGING da heater core HEATING Air passed through heater core Air recirculation control l control Temperature control Air Fan trount Temp Air flow z Air flow l i ee eoio control control control control Fan control 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HEATING Air flow contro Fan control a Air passed through heater core Alr recirculation control Temperature control Fan conten A C al Air r j A C Temp Air flow recirculation aver button control control HOT C5 RIGHT HEATING amp Air passed DEFROSTING a through ve TH healer core DEFOGGING Air flaw control Air recirculation control Temperature control Fan bcteral ted button Temp Air flow recirculation control control
252. ot operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear Suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry e Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 Keep battery out of the reach of children Do not tip the battery Keep the vent caps tight and the battery level amp WDI0224 1 Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill Reinstall the vent caps 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will by pass the variable voltag
253. ot rapidly release the accelerator pedal Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the ef
254. ould damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located on the center console below the heater and air conditioner controls Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod 5th Generation firmware version 1 2 3 or later iPod Classic firmware version 1 1 1 or later iPod Touch firmware version 2 0 0 or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or lat
255. ount of fuel in the tank is getting low Type B The low fuel warning light will turn on when the amount of fuel in the tank Is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty 2 6 Instruments and controls The jf indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle CAUTION If the vehicle runs out of fuel the a check engine light may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the oni light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Mal function Indicator Light MIL in this section TRIP COMPUTER When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the trip computer change button A on the instrument panel located near the speedometer The following modes can be selected in the display Trip A Trip B Instant fuel economy Average fuel consumption Distance to empty Trip A Measures the distance of one specific trip Trip B Measures the distance of a second specific trip Instant fuel economy The instant fuel economy mode shows the instant fuel economy The display updates instantly when driving Average fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the t
256. owing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure Attach recovery devices only to main structural members of the vehicle or the recovery hooks Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer s instructions Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle 4 WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System VDC 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires In case of emergency 6 19 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward
257. pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Continuously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints headrests move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Maintenance and do it you
258. perate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front passenger air bag and status light WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual con cerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The right front passenger air bag status light is located under the climate controls After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or operates de pending on the front passenger seat occupied status The light operates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The Mis OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The _ illuminates to indicate t
259. placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light re mains illuminated For additional information see Check tire pres sure warning message in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message is not displayed if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure in the Main tenance and do it yourself section A WARNING If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Se rious vehicle damage could occur
260. pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harnesses Do not route the an tenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer INTERCOM SYSTEM This vehicle is equipped with an on board inter com system to allow the driver and rear passen gers to communicate ACTIVATION The driver can activate the system by tilting the Intercom switch located on the console The switch features an indicator lamp that will illumi nate when the intercom system has been acti vated The driver can then turn the system off by tilting the switch back The rear passenger can activate or deactivate the system by tilting the Intercom switch located on the driver s side rear of the partition wall This switch also features an indicator lamp that will illuminate to indicate that the intercom system is active For more infor mation on the intercom switches see Intercom System in the Instruments and Controls sec tion SPEAKING Once the intercom system has been activated the driver or passengers may speak The micro phones are located in the headliner in both the front and rear of the vehicle The speakers are located in the front and rear of the partition wall Monitor cl
261. position Use of these areas by passengers could re sult in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury even if the vehicle is equipped with a parti tion dividing the seating area and the cargo area 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A CAUTION Do not place objects on the seatback un less it is folded completely horizontal If seatback is in any other position it could cause damage Rear bench seat If the rear bench seat requires servicing have it checked by a NISSAN dealer WARNING To avoid vehicle damage or serious per sonal injury do not operate or pull on the straps SEAT BELTS Sit upright and well bacs PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Safety Seats seat belts and supplementa
262. pressor In case of emergency 6 11 If the tire is inflated to higher than the specified pressure lower the tire pressure by releasing air with the pressure release valve A WARNING The ring on the end of the air compressor hose may become hot after use so take care to avoid burns A CAUTION Operating the air compressor for an ex tended period of time can result in dam age to the compressor and will not allow you to fill the tire to the required air pres 6 Remove the protective cap of the hose 7 Make sure that the air compressor switchin SUre Avoid continuous operation of the and screw the hose securely into the tire the off position then insert the power Compressor exceeding 10 minutes valve Make sure that the pressure release plug into the power outlet of the vehicle NOTE The compressor tire pressure gauge may ix show a pressure reading of 87 psi 600 kPa position ane meae me fete pres for abou 30 seconds while inflating the sure that is specified on tire placard that it tire The pressure gauge is indicating the affixed to the driver s side center pillar if pressure inside the sealant can When the possible or to the minimum of 26 psi sealant been injected into the tire the pres 180 kPa Turn the air compressor off briefly sure gauge will drop and indicate actual in order to check the tire pressure with the tire pressure tire pressure gauge valve B is securely tightened ae 8 Push the ignit
263. pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR 5 Tire size refer to Tire labeling in this section Spare tire size Payload and replacement tire Your vehicle is equipped with special high load index 94 tires to carry a payload of up to 1 500 Ibs 680 kg as indicated on your tire information placard Some aftermarket replace ment tires may have lower load index ratings While NISSAN does not encourage you to do so please note that if you choose to purchase a tire with a lower load index rating the max payload capacity of your vehicle will be reduced for ex ample tires with load index 84 would reduce max payload to 750 Ibs 340 kg and tires with load index 88 would reduce max payload to 1 200 Ibs 544 kg Please refer to replacement tire manufacturer usage recommendations and tire pressures 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure
264. pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning mes sage turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The low tire pressure warning light remains illu minated until the tires are inflated to the recom mended COLD tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message is displayed each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated For more information see Low tire pressure warning light in the In struments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this Owner s Manual TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce en gine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage Instruments and controls 2 5 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates A the approximate fuel level in the tank when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills Type A The fuel level segments will blink when the am
265. protect the housing 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI2217 LDI2220 Map light Cargo light Use a cloth to protect the housing Use a cloth to protect the housing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 LDI2221 Rear combination light CA Remove the fasteners 2 Remove the rear combination light assembly 3 Remove the bulb s and replace as neces sary 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all 4 tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning is displayed in the odometer one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Warning Indicator Lights and Audible Reminders in the Instruments and con trols section Tire pressure information in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Flat
266. r and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself TYPES OF TIRES A WARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer Al
267. r 10 minutes or 3 km 2 mi at a speed below 80 km h 50 mph 11 After driving make sure that the air com pressor switch is in the OFF position then screw the hose into the tire valve Check the pressure with the pressure gauge Tempo rary repair is complete if the tire pressure does not drop Make sure that the tire pressure is adjusted to the pressure that is specified on the tire placard before driving A CAUTION If tire pressure falls below 18 PSI 130 kPa and remains low even after re peating steps 5 11 the tire is not repair able using the tire emergency repair kit Stop driving the vehicle and contact a pro fessional towing service t is recommended to replace the repaired tire with a new tire Although the wheel can be reused by remov ing the repair compound the tire valve must be replaced The remaining repair compound is not us able and must be replaced When attempting to repair the punctured tire at a later time the puncture may not be detectable It is important to carefully moni tor the tire pressure of the repaired tire If the tire should continually loose air pressure you will need to have the tire replaced After tire repair See a NISSAN dealer for tire repair or replace ment as soon as possible In case of emergency 6 13 A WARNING After using Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 80 km h 50 MPH Im
268. r Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law A WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 Technical and consumer information 9 17 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could Cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come
269. r anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to WRS0700 LRS2146 the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly LATCH lower anchor location installed using the damaged anchor ages and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision LATCH lower anchor location LATCH label locations 2nd row bench The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with L
270. r replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of cool ant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue includ ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill cool ant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the reservoir is emp
271. r the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 Ibs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child re straint with a harness Refer to the manufactur er s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maxi mum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped
272. r vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperat
273. recommended type of brake fluid If the brake fluid must be added frequently the brake system should be thoroughly checked by a NISSAN dealer WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add windshield washer fluid when the low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped comes on To fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir and pour the windshield washer fluid into the reservoir opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent CAUTION Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for windshield washer fluid This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshi
274. rectly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc may not appear properly in the display Using English lan guage characters with a USB device is rec ommended General notes for USB use Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device Notes for iPod use iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly An iPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is con nected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may mo mentarily black out but will soon recover If an iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but will soon recover Bluetooth streaming audio Wh
275. res should be periodically in Tire Safety Information or in the spected for wear cracking bulg Warranty information Booklet ing Or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual WARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling VDC system ground clear ance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to acci dents and could result in serious per sonal injury If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an acci dent and personal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension
276. restraint system 1 3 Lumbar support driver s seat The lumbar support feature provides adjustable lower back support to the driver Move the lever forward or backward to adjust the seat lumbar area Armrest driver s side only To use the armrest pull it down to the resting position A Stowed position Resting position 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system HEAD RESTRAINTS HEADRESTS WARNING Head _ restraints headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against in jury in certain rear end collisions Adjust able head restraints headrests must be adjusted properly as specified in this sec tion Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint headrest stalks or remove the head restraint headrest Do not use the seat if the head restraint headrest has been removed If the head restraint headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to fol low these instructions can reduce the ef fectiveness of the head restraints headrests This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints headrests A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint E Indicates the seating position is equipped w
277. rformance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and pas senger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags o
278. rip computer change button A for more than approximately 1 second Distance to empty The distance to empty mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The range is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The distance to empty includes a low range warning feature when the fuel level is low the distance to empty is automatically selected and the digits blink in order to draw the driver s atten tion Press the trip computer change button if you wish to return to the mode that was selected before the warning occurred When the fuel level drops even lower the dis tance to empty will display Trip computer reset Pushing the change button for more than 3 sec onds will reset all modes except Trip A and dis tance to empty dte OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY The outside temperature function provides a dis play of the outside temperature when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The display of positive temperatures is unsigned blank negative temperatures are prefixed with a minus sign Instruments and controls 2 7 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Anti lock Braking System ABS BRAKE Q Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light High temperature warning light red Low fuel warning light Low t
279. riving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer The power steering system is designed to pro vide power assist while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced This is to prevent over heating of the power steering system and protect it from getting damaged While the power assist is reduced steering wheel operation will become heavy When the temperature of the power steer ing system goes down the power assist level will return to normal Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to overheat You may hear a sound when the steering wheel is operated quickly However this is not a malfunc tion If the electric power steering warning light PS illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not func tioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the electric power steering warning light illuminates
280. riving 5 3 Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After all your tires are inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message is displayed in the odometer when the low tire pressure warning light is illumi nated and low tire pressure is detected The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off 5 4 Starting and driving The low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated until the tires are inflated to the recommended COLD tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message is displayed each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illumi nated Check tire pressure warning mes sage reset button in the Instruments and controls section The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message is not displayed if the low tire pressure warn ing light illum
281. rmation label The label is located as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE TIRE WARNING LABEL AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is affixed to the underside of the hood as shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 Use the following steps to mount the front license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag 9 12 Technical and consumer information License plate bracket License plate screws x 2 Screw grommets x 2 Hold the license plate bracket T and make a shallow hole in the bumper fascia using a drill To avoid damaging the area behind the fascia apply only light pressure to the drill Insert the grommets 2 into the holes in the bumper fascia Mount the license plate bracket using the two screws Mount the front license plate VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION WARNING it is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehic
282. robing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor the pretensioner helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light AF is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system See SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT in this section for more de tails If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer
283. rself 8 3 Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner if so equipped Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Brake fluid levels Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MIN and MAX
284. running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system in the Starting and driving sec tion or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine Is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer WARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stoppi
285. ry store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with
286. saves fuel and reduces emissions Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting Winter Warm Up Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effec tively circulate the engine oil before driv ing Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus Idling Keeping your Vehicle Cool Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible When entering a hot vehicle opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster resulting in reduced demand on your A C system INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended scheduled main tenance Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Use the recommended viscosity engine oll See Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tions in Technical and consumer informa tion in this manual Starting and driving 5 17 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS WARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may igni
287. senger compartment 0 cece eee nnn 0 5 AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 0 2 Illustrated table of contents 10 11 Seat belts P 1 11 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag P 1 39 Head restraints headrests P 1 4 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 39 Seats P 1 2 Occupant classification sensor weight sensor P 1 39 Seat belt with pretensioners P 1 53 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag P 1 39 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag modules P 1 39 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren P 1 21 Rear seat top tether strap anchor located on bottom of seatback P 1 23 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details EXTERIOR FRONT 16 17 Engine hood P 3 10 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 16 Windshield P 8 18 Roof lamp P 8 24 Moonroof Panoramic sunshade P 2 24 Power windows P 2 24 Power side step P 2 31 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 2 24 2 24 Door locks keys P 3 3 3 2 Mirrors P 3 14 Tire pressure P 9 10 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 39 Replacing bulbs P 8 24 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 18 Trouble lamp P 2 24 License bracket P 2 24 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4
288. session is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display 4 FOLDER MP3 or WMA Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Micro soft Corporation of the USA compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality WHA1078 Playback order chart Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file The names of folders not containing MPS or WMA files are not shown in the display Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 lf there is a file in the top level of the disc Roo
289. short time The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational A WARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the
290. si tion l T 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position When the Y or a position is selected press the 4 C button to turn on the air condi tioner for better performance This will dehumidify the air and help defog the windows Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and press the A C button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Press the A T comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high move the air intake lever to the position Be sure to return to the gt pos
291. side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wir ing harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or curtain air bag systems The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bags and curtain air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Seat belts with pretensioners front seats WARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused af ter activation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not acti vated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary re placed by your NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and p
292. sition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illu minate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child in a rear seat The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light Af located in the meter and gauges area on the driver s side of the instrument panel will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions A WARNING Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel S
293. supplemental restraint SySte Mi saos eed et AS a Se ee ome es 1 39 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental airbag system 1 39 Switch Automatic power window switch 2 26 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 18 Headlight control switch 2 18 IGOR SWITCH as oa a BSL a a ae ae 5 7 Power door lock switch 3 5 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIG wa te me a ete a E Re Beto a Soe 2 18 Rear window wiper and washer SWIIGHKES i owa e Re wee Ke OS RSE EG 2 17 Turn signalswitch 2 20 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWIG amp a wie eae Foe ee oa ee we A 2 21 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 16 T Tachometer 2 00002 eee uae 2 5 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 15 3 2 5 8 Three way catalyst a ee 5 2 Tilting steering wheel 3 13 Tire Pict 6s eas SA ee ee ee ee 6 2 Spare tire 2 ee 6 4 Tire and Loading Information label 9 10 Tire placaid ara oh a Mee oh aw 2 8 9 10 Tire pressure a we a we 8 32 Tire rotation ok ot eh ee ee we 8 39 Typos OCS so a a hie de ee a wo 8 38 Uniform tire quality grading 9 16 Wheels andtires 8 32 Wheel tire size 2 0000 9 8 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 10 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Tire warning label 9 11 Top
294. t medical attention Keep the repair compound out of reach of children The emergency repair compound may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Have the tire pressure sensor replaced as soon as possible 6 10 Incase of emergency NOTE Do not remove any nails or screws that have penetrated the tire when performing repairs 1 Remove the emergency repair compound and the air compressor and shake bottle well NOTE Make sure to shake the bottle well before attaching the hose Doing so afterward may cause the repair compound to splatter 2 Open the lid of the air compressor take out the speed restriction sticker and put it ina location where the driver can see it driving WARNING Do not apply the label to the center of the steering wheel pad as this can pre vent the air bag from properly function ing and cause serious injury Avoid applying the label where it can obstruct the view of the speedometer and warning indicators 4 Remove the cap from the tire sealant bottle and screw the bottle clockwise into the bottle holder Make sure an leave the bottle seal intact screwing the bottle into the bottle holder will pierce the seal of the bottle 5 Remove the cap from the tire valve on the flat tire 3 Take the hose and the power plug out of the air compressor Remove the cap of the bottle holder from the air com
295. t Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Specification chart Supported file systems MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR versions 1 WMA WMA7 WMA8 WMAQ 32 kHz 48 kHz 48 kbps 192 kbps VBR Tag nfomation Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Tet character number imao 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian Displayable character codes 2 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Troubleshooting guide Symptom sid Cause and Countermeasure Cannot play Poor sound quality It takes a relatively long time before the music starts playing Music cuts off or skips Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increas
296. t off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button Tap the brake pedal Push the ON OFF switch The CRUISE in dicator light in the instrument panel will go out The cruise control is automatically canceled if you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you move the shift lever to N Neutral Starting and driving 5 15 To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push
297. t period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start Starting and driving 5 9 NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health 5 10 Starting and driving DRIVING THE VEHICLE CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT A WARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive or L Low Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphi
298. t the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure Be careful not to let anything get into the washer nozzle A This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If something gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin Rear window wiper blade Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replace ment is required BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied The rear drum type brakes self adjust every time the parking brake is applied A WARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the
299. tal air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 LRS0592 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails All of the information cautions and warnings in this manual must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in cer tain side collisions Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near roll overs As a result certain vehicle movements for example during severe off roading may cause the curtain air bags to inflate Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly lo
300. te and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Fail ure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and re sult in an accident Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal 5 18 Starting and driving Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline It is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion POWER STEERING AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while d
301. ted and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effec tive protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child re straints in this section for proper use and instal lation If the right front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag infl
302. tem and or the pre tensioners may not function properly For addi tional details see Supplemental restraint sys tem in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS Auto step indicator light AUTO STEP This light comes on when the auto step system is on Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator light When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi tion this indicator light shows the shift lever position See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Cruise main switch indicator light The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational See Cruise con trol in the Starting and driving section Front passenger air bag status light The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front pass
303. ter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements ce scene eae 8 2 General maintenance 0200ce eee ee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS 00 cece eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling SYSlONl s lt s24sedssev ets edteeenedee es 8 7 Checking engine coolant level 005 8 8 Changing engine coolant 2 000 e0ee 8 8 PNOO Ols tevecceensew dacs Ea aA ENE 8 9 Checking engine oil level 000 005 8 9 Changing engine oil 0 0 cess eee eee 8 10 Changing engine oil filter 002 05 8 11 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 8 11 Brake NUNC ince te hen a cerns Kee ae eee 8 12 Windshield washer fluid 222022005 8 12 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 12 BAG easce oe se eed cere eed peteteesesesaeene 8 13 SUM Sta geceneeet ote seers eeeeuoeees ee 8 15 Variable voltage control system 8 15 DVN CIO i E E A ees as cues easeusees 8 16 aRU a E ee ee ee ee ee 8 16 Replacing spark plugs 22 0005 8 16 All Cleanels serri srsti nen nrar EELEE 8 17 Windshield wiper blades 0 000 0e eee 8 18 ClCaUIAG aspx
304. th safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do
305. the ap propriate driving lane 5 6 Starting and driving lf you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the ve hicle road and traffic A WARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do n
306. thout the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position 2 then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position LPD2001 Inside lock back door To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position 1 then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 To open the door from the inside pull the inside door handle toward you LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition switch and any door open all doors will lock and then unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidently locked inside the vehicle 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments OPERATING THE SLIDING DOORS WARNING Always use the door handle to open or close the sliding door Do not attempt to open or close the door by merely plac ing your hand on the door edg
307. tion for more information Connect New Device Select to connect a new Bluetooth device to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Select Connected Device Select to choose a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Replace Connected Device Select to replace a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Delete Connected Device Select to delete a Bluetooth device from a list of those devices connected to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Select to toggle Bluetooth on and off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 PHONE SETTINGS To access the phone settings Press the MENU button Select the Settings key Select the Phone amp Bluetooth key A O N Select the Phone Settings key and adjust the following settings as desired Sort Phonebook By Select First Name or Last Name to choose how phonebook entries are alpha betically displayed on the screen Use Phonebook From Select Handset to use the phone s phone book Select SIM to use the phonebook on the SIM card Select Both to use both sources Download Phonebook Now Select to download the phonebook to the vehicle from the chosen source Record Name for Phonebook Entry Select to record a name for a phonebook entry for use with the NISSAN Voice Re
308. tional If the light stays on or comes on along with the indicator light while you are driving have the Vehicle Dy namic Control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle Parking brake reminder chime A chime sounds if the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven The chime will stop if the parking brake is released or the vehicle speed returns to zero SECURITY SYSTEMS NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key I
309. tire in the In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling WARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident e The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S certification label The ve hicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label Do not load your ve hicle beyond this capacity Over loading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operat ing conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable han dling characteristics and
310. tly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Starting and d
311. tooth key 4 Select the Connect New Device key 5 Initiate the connecting process from the handset The system will display the mes sage Is PIN XXXXXX displayed on your Bluetooth device If the PIN is displayed on your Bluetooth device select Yes to complete the pairing process For more information see the Bluetooth de vice s Owner s Manual VEHICLE PHONEBOOK To access the vehicle phonebook 1 Pressthe button on the control panel 2 Select the Phonebook key 3 Choose the desired entry from the displayed list 4 The number of the entry will be displayed on the screen Touch the number to initiate di aling NOTE To scroll quickly through the list touch the A Z key in the upper right corner of the screen Turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to choose a letter or number and then press ENTER The list will move to the first entry that begins with that number or letter MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedure below 1 Pressthe button on the control panel The Phone screen will appear on the dis play 2 Select one of the following options to make a call Phonebook Select the name from an entry stored in the vehicle phonebook Call Lists Select the name from the in coming outgoing or missed Redial Dial the last outgoing call from the vehicle o f Input the phone number manually using a keypad displayed on t
312. top and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule 9 6 Technical and consumer information AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE MR20DE Type Cylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke Displacement Firing order Idle speed CVT in N position Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle Spark plug Spark plug gap Nominal Camshaft operation Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC 4 cylinder inline in mm 3 307x 3 547 84 x 90 1 cu in cm 121 86 1 997 1 3
313. track of the next folder is played Random and repeat play mode While files on a USB device are playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the USB device When the random mode is active the iconis displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Ran dom mode touch the Random key until no 4 iconis displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the USB device When the repeat mode is active the O icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat mode touch the Repeat key until no icon is displayed 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems iPod PLAYER OPERATION Connecting iPod WARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This c
314. truments and controls e Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120 W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory e Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on e Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any other liquid to contact the outlet NOTE The USB ports that are located on each side of the rear power outlet are for charging purposes only STORAGE Door Panel LIC2472 Instrument Panel MAP POCKETS LIC2449 UNDER SEAT STORAGE BINS To open the drawer lift up slightly and pull to open To remove the drawer pull to the point of resistance and lift up and pull CAUTION To avoid damaging the tray under the seat cargo in the trays should not exceed 4 Ib 1 8 kg CUP HOLDERS A CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident Ins
315. truments and controls 2 23 GLOVE BOX Open the glove box by pulling the handle A WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop 2 24 instruments and controls WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS WARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the drivers or passenger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the windows is canceled Window lock button Power door lock switch if so equipped Front passenger side automatic switch Driver side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close all of the windows To open a window push the switch to the first detent and continue to hold down until the de sired window position is reached To close a window pull the switch to the first detent and continue to hold up until the desired window
316. ty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself coolant or the use of non distilled water will re duce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details The engine coolant reservoir is a pressur ized tank When installing the cap tighten If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing WARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot Never remove the radiator or engine coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep co
317. uch objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave per manent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occu pant classification sensors weight sen sors This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensors This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing
318. ud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvis of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag or curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The curtain air bag will remain inflated for a
319. uld be rotated every 5 000 miles 8 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found in this section Accelerator pedal Check the
320. umbers Speak phone numbers according to the following example For 1 800 662 6200 say dial number and then speak the phone number in any of the following formats one eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh one eight hundred six six two six two oh oh one eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh For the best voice recognition phone dialing re sults say phone numbers as single digits Also full numbers can only be spoken for 800 For example you cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousand BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM VOICE COMMANDS To access the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands 1 Press the wt button 2 Say Call and then a name in the vehicle phonebook to call that entry Otherwise say Phone to access various phone com mands If the Bluetooth has been set to Off the system announces Bluetooth is off Would you like to turn Bluetooth on If no phone is connected to the system and the vehicle is stationary the system announces There is no phone connected Would you like to connect a phone now Say Yes to connect a phone All further Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System voice commands are only available if a phone is connected Ifa phone is connected and Bluetooth is set to On the following voice commands are avail able Call a name Allows user to select a contact and dial immediately
321. uner touch the Tune key on the lower right corner of the screen A screen appears with a bar running from low frequencies on the left to high frequencies on the right Touch the screen at the location of the frequency you wish to tune and the station will change to that frequency To return to the regular radio display screen touch the OK key Tuning with the TUNE knob The radio can also be manually tuned using the TUNE knob When in FM or AM mode turn the TUNE knob to the left for lower frequencies or to the right for higher frequencies When in XM mode turn the TUNE knob to change the chan nel When in FM or AM mode press the seek buttons 44 or FM to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station When in XM mode press the seek buttons 44 or F to change the category Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band Eighteen stations can be set for the XM band 6 for XM1 6 for XM2 6 for XM8 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the radio band XM1 XM2 or XM3 using the XM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual or seek tuning Press and hold any of the de sired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The chan
322. ure Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Technical and consumer information 9 5 Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer s
323. ust be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing ona base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accesso
324. ve hicle completely A WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tire pressure the display of the tire pres sure information may show higher pres sure than the COLD tire pressure after the vehicle has been driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km This is because the tire pressure increases as the tire temperature rises This does not indicate a system malfunction 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle WARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and j
325. wel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To help ensure safe driving some functions can not be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then oper ate the navigation system A WARNING ALWAYS give your full attention to driving Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 3 D Audio System em info hone amp 4 Bluetooth Touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select For example to select the Audio key touch the Audio key 4 on the screen Speed Sensitive Vol Adjusting the item For screens where an Item can be adjusted incre mentally such as when adjusting the bass and treble for the audio system touch the key or the key 2 to adjust the settings of an item When there are more items than can be dis played on one screen touch the up arrow 3 to scroll up the page or touch the down arrow to scroll down the page 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems DISPLAY
326. when the fuel gauge reaches 0 Empty ray Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A CHECK TIRE PRES pressure warning message is also displayed in the odometer When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all 4 tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad justed After the tire is inflated to the rec ommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pres sure gauge to check the tire pressure The low tire pressure warning light remains illu minated until the tires are inflated to the recom mended COLD tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRES warning message is displayed each time the ignition switch is
327. width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body Red line approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m Yellow line 2 approx 3 ft 1 m Green line 3 approx 7 ft 2 m Green line approx 10 ft 3 m REARVIEW CAMERA SETTINGS Show Guidelines i ON The on screen guidelines can be set to on or off With the shift lever in the R Reverse posi tion Press the CAMERA button to toggle the feature on and off With the shift lever in any position other than the R Reverse position 1 Press the CAMERA button 2 Select the Show Guidelines key to toggle the feature on or off DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice reco
328. witch 4 Readiness for inspection maintenance UM test wi eae Bawa ke BE Ew Ow as 9 Rear door anaa eon oe we Se Be ae Som ee Rear door lock s sasa 264 Rhee one de 35 Rear seat air conditioner 4 21 RearView Monitor aaao aaa 4 8 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWO cue a aa a i e Ee ew ee e d 2 18 Rear window wiper and washer switches 2 17 Recorders Event data aaa aaa a 9 18 Refrigerant recommendation a saa oaa aa 9 6 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 9 Reporting safety defects US only 9 18 S Safety Child safety sliding door lock 3 9 Child seat belts 1 19 1 26 1 31 1 35 Reporting safety defects US only 9 18 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Seat belt Child safely si s a ace oi a a a 1 18 Infants and small children 1 18 Injured Person 020004 1 14 Larger children 2254 1 19 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 11 Pregnant women 1 14 Seat belt extenders 1 17 Seat belt maintenance 1 17 Seat belts oa aaa a 1 11 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 16 Three point type with retractor 1 14 Seat belt warning light 2 12 Seats Adjustment 2000 1 2 Froni S6alS o e a e a s aton ioe a ea 1 2 Manual front seat adjustment 122 Security indicator light 2 14 Security system
329. y read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point The jack up points are indicated by stamped ar rows on the side of the frame The jack should be used on firm and level ground 3 Install the assembled jack rod into the jack as shown To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire In case of emergency 6 7 Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 6 8 Incase of emergency 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the
330. zer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle A CAUTION Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect system function DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors cannot be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors WARNING Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattend

2014 Nissan NV200 Taxi Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents